diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
138 files changed, 4857 insertions, 804 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingGuidelines b/Documentation/CodingGuidelines index ed4e443a3c..45465bc0c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingGuidelines +++ b/Documentation/CodingGuidelines @@ -91,16 +91,10 @@ For shell scripts specifically (not exhaustive): - No shell arrays. - - No strlen ${#parameter}. - - No pattern replacement ${parameter/pattern/string}. - We use Arithmetic Expansion $(( ... )). - - Inside Arithmetic Expansion, spell shell variables with $ in front - of them, as some shells do not grok $((x)) while accepting $(($x)) - just fine (e.g. dash older than 0.5.4). - - We do not use Process Substitution <(list) or >(list). - Do not write control structures on a single line with semicolon. @@ -238,6 +232,18 @@ For C programs: while( condition ) func (bar+1); + - Do not explicitly compare an integral value with constant 0 or '\0', + or a pointer value with constant NULL. For instance, to validate that + counted array <ptr, cnt> is initialized but has no elements, write: + + if (!ptr || cnt) + BUG("empty array expected"); + + and not: + + if (ptr == NULL || cnt != 0); + BUG("empty array expected"); + - We avoid using braces unnecessarily. I.e. if (bla) { @@ -483,16 +489,11 @@ For Python scripts: - We follow PEP-8 (http://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0008/). - - As a minimum, we aim to be compatible with Python 2.6 and 2.7. + - As a minimum, we aim to be compatible with Python 2.7. - Where required libraries do not restrict us to Python 2, we try to also be compatible with Python 3.1 and later. - - When you must differentiate between Unicode literals and byte string - literals, it is OK to use the 'b' prefix. Even though the Python - documentation for version 2.6 does not mention this prefix, it has - been supported since version 2.6.0. - Error Messages - Do not end error messages with a full stop. diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile index 8fe829cc1b..80d1908a44 100644 --- a/Documentation/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ MAN1_TXT += git.txt MAN1_TXT += gitk.txt MAN1_TXT += gitweb.txt +# man5 / man7 guides (note: new guides should also be added to command-list.txt) MAN5_TXT += gitattributes.txt MAN5_TXT += githooks.txt MAN5_TXT += gitignore.txt @@ -30,6 +31,7 @@ MAN7_TXT += gitcredentials.txt MAN7_TXT += gitcvs-migration.txt MAN7_TXT += gitdiffcore.txt MAN7_TXT += giteveryday.txt +MAN7_TXT += gitfaq.txt MAN7_TXT += gitglossary.txt MAN7_TXT += gitnamespaces.txt MAN7_TXT += gitremote-helpers.txt @@ -92,6 +94,7 @@ TECH_DOCS += technical/protocol-capabilities TECH_DOCS += technical/protocol-common TECH_DOCS += technical/protocol-v2 TECH_DOCS += technical/racy-git +TECH_DOCS += technical/reftable TECH_DOCS += technical/send-pack-pipeline TECH_DOCS += technical/shallow TECH_DOCS += technical/signature-format @@ -149,32 +152,9 @@ endif -include ../config.mak.autogen -include ../config.mak -# -# For docbook-xsl ... -# -1.68.1, no extra settings are needed? -# 1.69.0, set ASCIIDOC_ROFF? -# 1.69.1-1.71.0, set DOCBOOK_SUPPRESS_SP? -# 1.71.1, set ASCIIDOC_ROFF? -# 1.72.0, set DOCBOOK_XSL_172. -# 1.73.0-, no extra settings are needed -# - -ifdef DOCBOOK_XSL_172 -ASCIIDOC_EXTRA += -a git-asciidoc-no-roff -MANPAGE_XSL = manpage-1.72.xsl -else - ifndef ASCIIDOC_ROFF - # docbook-xsl after 1.72 needs the regular XSL, but will not - # pass-thru raw roff codes from asciidoc.conf, so turn them off. - ASCIIDOC_EXTRA += -a git-asciidoc-no-roff - endif -endif ifndef NO_MAN_BOLD_LITERAL XMLTO_EXTRA += -m manpage-bold-literal.xsl endif -ifdef DOCBOOK_SUPPRESS_SP -XMLTO_EXTRA += -m manpage-suppress-sp.xsl -endif # Newer DocBook stylesheet emits warning cruft in the output when # this is not set, and if set it shows an absolute link. Older @@ -315,6 +295,7 @@ cmds_txt = cmds-ancillaryinterrogators.txt \ cmds-plumbingmanipulators.txt \ cmds-synchingrepositories.txt \ cmds-synchelpers.txt \ + cmds-guide.txt \ cmds-purehelpers.txt \ cmds-foreignscminterface.txt @@ -322,7 +303,7 @@ $(cmds_txt): cmd-list.made cmd-list.made: cmd-list.perl ../command-list.txt $(MAN1_TXT) $(QUIET_GEN)$(RM) $@ && \ - $(PERL_PATH) ./cmd-list.perl ../command-list.txt $(QUIET_STDERR) && \ + $(PERL_PATH) ./cmd-list.perl ../command-list.txt $(cmds_txt) $(QUIET_STDERR) && \ date >$@ mergetools_txt = mergetools-diff.txt mergetools-merge.txt diff --git a/Documentation/MyFirstContribution.txt b/Documentation/MyFirstContribution.txt index 427274df4d..4f85a089ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/MyFirstContribution.txt +++ b/Documentation/MyFirstContribution.txt @@ -319,14 +319,14 @@ function body: ... git_config(git_default_config, NULL); - if (git_config_get_string_const("user.name", &cfg_name) > 0) + if (git_config_get_string_tmp("user.name", &cfg_name) > 0) printf(_("No name is found in config\n")); else printf(_("Your name: %s\n"), cfg_name); ---- `git_config()` will grab the configuration from config files known to Git and -apply standard precedence rules. `git_config_get_string_const()` will look up +apply standard precedence rules. `git_config_get_string_tmp()` will look up a specific key ("user.name") and give you the value. There are a number of single-key lookup functions like this one; you can see them all (and more info about how to use `git_config()`) in `Documentation/technical/api-config.txt`. @@ -1179,8 +1179,8 @@ look at the section below this one for some context.) [[after-approval]] === After Review Approval -The Git project has four integration branches: `pu`, `next`, `master`, and -`maint`. Your change will be placed into `pu` fairly early on by the maintainer +The Git project has four integration branches: `seen`, `next`, `master`, and +`maint`. Your change will be placed into `seen` fairly early on by the maintainer while it is still in the review process; from there, when it is ready for wider testing, it will be merged into `next`. Plenty of early testers use `next` and may report issues. Eventually, changes in `next` will make it to `master`, diff --git a/Documentation/MyFirstObjectWalk.txt b/Documentation/MyFirstObjectWalk.txt index aa828dfdc4..c3f2d1a831 100644 --- a/Documentation/MyFirstObjectWalk.txt +++ b/Documentation/MyFirstObjectWalk.txt @@ -357,9 +357,6 @@ static void walken_commit_walk(struct rev_info *rev) ... while ((commit = get_revision(rev))) { - if (!commit) - continue; - strbuf_reset(&prettybuf); pp_commit_easy(CMIT_FMT_ONELINE, commit, &prettybuf); puts(prettybuf.buf); diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.27.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.27.0.txt index 7a5c7fff80..15518d06c1 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.27.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.27.0.txt @@ -24,6 +24,10 @@ Backward compatibility notes users may find annoying---those who prefer not to rebase need to set the variable to false to squelch the warning. + * The transport protocol version 2, which was promoted to the default + in Git 2.26 release, turned out to have some remaining rough edges, + so it has been demoted from the default. + UI, Workflows & Features @@ -47,6 +51,74 @@ UI, Workflows & Features exists, and neither --[no-]rebase nor --ff-only is given (which would result a merge). + * "git p4" learned four new hooks and also "--no-verify" option to + bypass them (and the existing "p4-pre-submit" hook). + + * "git pull" shares many options with underlying "git fetch", but + some of them were not documented and some of those that would make + sense to pass down were not passed down. + + * "git rebase" learned the "--no-gpg-sign" option to countermand + commit.gpgSign the user may have. + + * The output from "git format-patch" uses RFC 2047 encoding for + non-ASCII letters on From: and Subject: headers, so that it can + directly be fed to e-mail programs. A new option has been added + to produce these headers in raw. + + * "git log" learned "--show-pulls" that helps pathspec limited + history views; a merge commit that takes the whole change from a + side branch, which is normally omitted from the output, is shown + in addition to the commits that introduce real changes. + + * The interactive input from various codepaths are consolidated and + any prompt possibly issued earlier are fflush()ed before we read. + + * Allow "git rebase" to reapply all local commits, even if the may be + already in the upstream, without checking first. + + * The 'pack.useSparse' configuration variable now defaults to 'true', + enabling an optimization that has been experimental since Git 2.21. + + * "git rebase" happens to call some hooks meant for "checkout" and + "commit" by this was not a designed behaviour than historical + accident. This has been documented. + + * "git merge" learns the "--autostash" option. + + * "sparse-checkout" UI improvements. + + * "git update-ref --stdin" learned a handful of new verbs to let the + user control ref update transactions more explicitly, which helps + as an ingredient to implement two-phase commit-style atomic + ref-updates across multiple repositories. + + * "git commit-graph write" learned different ways to write out split + files. + + * Introduce an extension to the commit-graph to make it efficient to + check for the paths that were modified at each commit using Bloom + filters. + + * The approxidate parser learns to parse seconds with fraction and + ignore fractional part. + + * The userdiff patterns for Markdown documents have been added. + + * The sparse-checkout patterns have been forbidden from excluding all + paths, leaving an empty working tree, for a long time. This + limitation has been lifted. + + * "git restore --staged --worktree" now defaults to take the contents + out of "HEAD", instead of erring out. + + * "git p4" learned to recover from a (broken) state where a directory + and a file are recorded at the same path in the Perforce repository + the same way as their clients do. + + * "git multi-pack-index repack" has been taught to honor some + repack.* configuration variables. + Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. @@ -60,6 +132,61 @@ Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. * "git stash" has kept an escape hatch to use the scripted version for a few releases, which got stale. It has been removed. + * Enable tests that require GnuPG on Windows. + + * Minor test usability improvement. + + * Trace2 enhancement to allow logging of the environment variables. + + * Test clean-up continues. + + * Perf-test update. + + * A Windows-specific test element has been made more robust against + misuse from both user's environment and programmer's errors. + + * Various tests have been updated to work around issues found with + shell utilities that come with busybox etc. + + * The config API made mixed uses of int and size_t types to represent + length of various pieces of text it parsed, which has been updated + to use the correct type (i.e. size_t) throughout. + + * The "--decorate-refs" and "--decorate-refs-exclude" options "git + log" takes have learned a companion configuration variable + log.excludeDecoration that sits at the lowest priority in the + family. + + * A new CI job to build and run test suite on linux with musl libc + has been added. + + * Update the CI configuration to use GitHub Actions, retiring the one + based on Azure Pipelines. + + * The directory traversal code had redundant recursive calls which + made its performance characteristics exponential with respect to + the depth of the tree, which was corrected. + + * "git blame" learns to take advantage of the "changed-paths" Bloom + filter stored in the commit-graph file. + + * The "bugreport" tool has been added. + + * The object walk with object filter "--filter=tree:0" can now take + advantage of the pack bitmap when available. + + * Instead of always building all branches at GitHub via Actions, + users can specify which branches to build. + + * Codepaths that show progress meter have been taught to also use the + start_progress() and the stop_progress() calls as a "region" to be + traced. + + * Instead of downloading Windows SDK for CI jobs for windows builds + from an external site (wingit.blob.core.windows.net), use the one + created in the windows-build job, to work around quota issues at + the external site. + Fixes since v2.26 ----------------- @@ -85,6 +212,288 @@ Fixes since v2.26 was rewritten in C back in 2.20 era, which has been corrected. (merge f08132f889 at/rebase-fork-point-regression-fix later to maint). + * The import-tars importer (in contrib/fast-import/) used to create + phony files at the top-level of the repository when the archive + contains global PAX headers, which made its own logic to detect and + omit the common leading directory ineffective, which has been + corrected. + (merge c839fcff65 js/import-tars-do-not-make-phony-files-from-pax-headers later to maint). + + * Simplify the commit ancestry connectedness check in a partial clone + repository in which "promised" objects are assumed to be obtainable + lazily on-demand from promisor remote repositories. + (merge 2b98478c6f jt/connectivity-check-optim-in-partial-clone later to maint). + + * The server-end of the v2 protocol to serve "git clone" and "git + fetch" was not prepared to see a delim packets at unexpected + places, which led to a crash. + (merge cacae4329f jk/harden-protocol-v2-delim-handling later to maint). + + * When fed a midx that records no objects, some codepaths tried to + loop from 0 through (num_objects-1), which, due to integer + arithmetic wrapping around, made it nonsense operation with out of + bounds array accesses. The code has been corrected to reject such + an midx file. + (merge 796d61cdc0 dr/midx-avoid-int-underflow later to maint). + + * Utitiles run via the run_command() API were not spawned correctly + on Cygwin, when the paths to them are given as a full path with + backslashes. + (merge 05ac8582bc ak/run-command-on-cygwin-fix later to maint). + + * "git pull --rebase" tried to run a rebase even after noticing that + the pull results in a fast-forward and no rebase is needed nor + sensible, for the past few years due to a mistake nobody noticed. + (merge fbae70ddc6 en/pull-do-not-rebase-after-fast-forwarding later to maint). + + * "git rebase" with the merge backend did not work well when the + rebase.abbreviateCommands configuration was set. + (merge de9f1d3ef4 ag/rebase-merge-allow-ff-under-abbrev-command later to maint). + + * The logic to auto-follow tags by "git clone --single-branch" was + not careful to avoid lazy-fetching unnecessary tags, which has been + corrected. + (merge 167a575e2d jk/use-quick-lookup-in-clone-for-tag-following later to maint). + + * "git rebase -i" did not leave the reflog entries correctly. + (merge 1f6965f994 en/sequencer-reflog-action later to maint). + + * The more aggressive updates to remote-tracking branches we had for + the past 7 years or so were not reflected in the documentation, + which has been corrected. + (merge a44088435c pb/pull-fetch-doc later to maint). + + * We've left the command line parsing of "git log :/a/b/" broken for + about a full year without anybody noticing, which has been + corrected. + (merge 0220461071 jc/missing-ref-store-fix later to maint). + + * Misc fixes for Windows. + (merge 3efc128cd5 js/mingw-fixes later to maint). + + * "git rebase" (again) learns to honor "--no-keep-empty", which lets + the user to discard commits that are empty from the beginning (as + opposed to the ones that become empty because of rebasing). The + interactive rebase also marks commits that are empty in the todo. + (merge 50ed76148a en/rebase-no-keep-empty later to maint). + + * Parsing the host part out of URL for the credential helper has been corrected. + (merge 4c5971e18a jk/credential-parsing-end-of-host-in-URL later to maint). + + * Document the recommended way to abort a failing test early (e.g. by + exiting a loop), which is to say "return 1". + (merge 7cc112dc95 jc/doc-test-leaving-early later to maint). + + * The code that refreshes the last access and modified time of + on-disk packfiles and loose object files have been updated. + (merge 312cd76130 lr/freshen-file-fix later to maint). + + * Validation of push certificate has been made more robust against + timing attacks. + (merge 719483e547 bc/constant-memequal later to maint). + + * The custom hash function used by "git fast-import" has been + replaced with the one from hashmap.c, which gave us a nice + performance boost. + (merge d8410a816b jk/fast-import-use-hashmap later to maint). + + * The "git submodule" command did not initialize a few variables it + internally uses and was affected by variable settings leaked from + the environment. + (merge 65d100c4dd lx/submodule-clear-variables later to maint). + + * Raise the minimum required version of docbook-xsl package to 1.74, + as 1.74.0 was from late 2008, which is more than 10 years old, and + drop compatibility cruft from our documentation suite. + (merge 3c255ad660 ma/doc-discard-docbook-xsl-1.73 later to maint). + + * "git log" learns "--[no-]mailmap" as a synonym to "--[no-]use-mailmap" + (merge 88acccda38 jc/log-no-mailmap later to maint). + + * "git commit-graph write --expire-time=<timestamp>" did not use the + given timestamp correctly, which has been corrected. + (merge b09b785c78 ds/commit-graph-expiry-fix later to maint). + + * Tests update to use "test-chmtime" instead of "touch -t". + (merge e892a56845 ds/t5319-touch-fix later to maint). + + * "git diff" in a partial clone learned to avoid lazy loading blob + objects in more casese when they are not needed. + (merge 95acf11a3d jt/avoid-prefetch-when-able-in-diff later to maint). + + * "git push --atomic" used to show failures for refs that weren't + even pushed, which has been corrected. + (merge dfe1b7f19c jx/atomic-push later to maint). + + * Code in builtin/*, i.e. those can only be called from within + built-in subcommands, that implements bulk of a couple of + subcommands have been moved to libgit.a so that they could be used + by others. + (merge 9460fd48b5 dl/libify-a-few later to maint). + + * Allowing the user to split a patch hunk while "git stash -p" does + not work well; a band-aid has been added to make this (partially) + work better. + + * "git diff-tree --pretty --notes" used to hit an assertion failure, + as it forgot to initialize the notes subsystem. + (merge 5778b22b3d tb/diff-tree-with-notes later to maint). + + * "git range-diff" fixes. + (merge 8d1675eb7f vd/range-diff-with-custom-pretty-format-fix later to maint). + + * "git grep" did not quote a path with unusual character like other + commands (like "git diff", "git status") do, but did quote when run + from a subdirectory, both of which has been corrected. + (merge 45115d8490 mt/grep-cquote-path later to maint). + + * GNU/Hurd is also among the ones that need the fopen() wrapper. + (merge 274a1328fb jc/gnu-hurd-lets-fread-read-dirs later to maint). + + * Those fetching over protocol v2 from linux-next and other kernel + repositories are reporting that v2 often fetches way too much than + needed. + (merge 11c7f2a30b jn/demote-proto2-from-default later to maint). + + * The upload-pack protocol v2 gave up too early before finding a + common ancestor, resulting in a wasteful fetch from a fork of a + project. This has been corrected to match the behaviour of v0 + protocol. + (merge 2f0a093dd6 jt/v2-fetch-nego-fix later to maint). + + * The build procedure did not use the libcurl library and its include + files correctly for a custom-built installation. + (merge 0573831950 jk/build-with-right-curl later to maint). + + * Tighten "git mailinfo" to notice and error out when decoded result + contains NUL in it. + (merge 3919997447 dd/mailinfo-with-nul later to maint). + + * Fix in-core inconsistency after fetching into a shallow repository + that broke the code to write out commit-graph. + (merge 37b9dcabfc tb/reset-shallow later to maint). + + * The commit-graph code exhausted file descriptors easily when it + does not have to. + (merge c8828530b7 tb/commit-graph-fd-exhaustion-fix later to maint). + + * The multi-pack-index left mmapped file descriptors open when it + does not have to. + (merge 6c7ff7cf7f ds/multi-pack-index later to maint). + + * Recent update to Homebrew used by macOS folks breaks build by + moving gettext library and necessary headers. + (merge a0b3108618 ds/build-homebrew-gettext-fix later to maint). + + * Incompatible options "--root" and "--fork-point" of "git rebase" + have been marked and documented as being incompatible. + (merge a35413c378 en/rebase-root-and-fork-point-are-incompatible later to maint). + + * Error and verbose trace messages from "git push" did not redact + credential material embedded in URLs. + (merge d192fa5006 js/anonymise-push-url-in-errors later to maint). + + * Update the parser used for credential.<URL>.<variable> + configuration, to handle <URL>s with '/' in them correctly. + (merge b44d0118ac bc/wildcard-credential later to maint). + + * Recent updates broke parsing of "credential.<url>.<key>" where + <url> is not a full URL (e.g. [credential "https://"] helper = ...) + stopped working, which has been corrected. + (merge 9a121b0d22 js/partial-urlmatch-2.17 later to maint). + (merge cd93e6c029 js/partial-urlmatch later to maint). + + * Some of the files commit-graph subsystem keeps on disk did not + correctly honor the core.sharedRepository settings and some were + left read-write. + + * In error messages that "git switch" mentions its option to create a + new branch, "-b/-B" options were shown, where "-c/-C" options + should be, which has been corrected. + (merge 7c16ef7577 dl/switch-c-option-in-error-message later to maint). + + * With the recent tightening of the code that is used to parse + various parts of a URL for use in the credential subsystem, a + hand-edited credential-store file causes the credential helper to + die, which is a bit too harsh to the users. Demote the error + behaviour to just ignore and keep using well-formed lines instead. + (merge c03859a665 cb/credential-store-ignore-bogus-lines later to maint). + + * The samples in the credential documentation has been updated to + make it clear that we depict what would appear in the .git/config + file, by adding appropriate quotes as needed.. + (merge 177681a07e jk/credential-sample-update later to maint). + + * "git branch" and other "for-each-ref" variants accepted multiple + --sort=<key> options in the increasing order of precedence, but it + had a few breakages around "--ignore-case" handling, and tie-breaking + with the refname, which have been fixed. + (merge 7c5045fc18 jk/for-each-ref-multi-key-sort-fix later to maint). + + * The coding guideline for shell scripts instructed to refer to a + variable with dollar-sign inside arithmetic expansion to work + around a bug in old versions of dash, which is a thing of the past. + Now we are not forbidden from writing $((var+1)). + (merge 32b5fe7f0e jk/arith-expansion-coding-guidelines later to maint). + + * The <stdlib.h> header on NetBSD brings in its own definition of + hmac() function (eek), which conflicts with our own and unrelated + function with the same name. Our function has been renamed to work + around the issue. + (merge 3013118eb8 cb/avoid-colliding-with-netbsd-hmac later to maint). + + * The basic test did not honor $TEST_SHELL_PATH setting, which has + been corrected. + (merge 0555e4af58 cb/t0000-use-the-configured-shell later to maint). + + * Minor in-code comments and documentation updates around credential + API. + (merge 1aed817f99 cb/credential-doc-fixes later to maint). + + * Teach "am", "commit", "merge" and "rebase", when they are run with + the "--quiet" option, to pass "--quiet" down to "gc --auto". + (merge 7c3e9e8cfb jc/auto-gc-quiet later to maint). + + * The code to skip unmerged paths in the index when sparse checkout + is in use would have made out-of-bound access of the in-core index + when the last path was unmerged, which has been corrected. + + * Serving a "git fetch" client over "git://" and "ssh://" protocols + using the on-wire protocol version 2 was buggy on the server end + when the client needs to make a follow-up request to + e.g. auto-follow tags. + (merge 08450ef791 cc/upload-pack-v2-fetch-fix later to maint). + + * "git bisect replay" had trouble with input files when they used + CRLF line ending, which has been corrected. + (merge 6c722cbe5a cw/bisect-replay-with-dos later to maint). + + * "rebase -i" segfaulted when rearranging a sequence that has a + fix-up that applies another fix-up (which may or may not be a + fix-up of yet another step). + (merge 02471e7e20 js/rebase-autosquash-double-fixup-fix later to maint). + + * "git fsck" ensures that the paths recorded in tree objects are + sorted and without duplicates, but it failed to notice a case where + a blob is followed by entries that sort before a tree with the same + name. This has been corrected. + (merge 9068cfb20f rs/fsck-duplicate-names-in-trees later to maint). + + * Code clean-up by removing a compatibility implementation of a + function we no longer use. + (merge 84b0115f0d cb/no-more-gmtime later to maint). + + * When a binary file gets modified and renamed on both sides of history + to different locations, both files would be written to the working + tree but both would have the contents from "ours". This has been + corrected so that the path from each side gets their original content. + + * Fix for a copy-and-paste error introduced during 2.20 era. + (merge e68a5272b1 ds/multi-pack-verify later to maint). + + * Update an unconditional use of "grep -a" with a perl script in a test. + (merge 1eb7371236 dd/t5703-grep-a-fix later to maint). + * Other code cleanup, docfix, build fix, etc. (merge 564956f358 jc/maintain-doc later to maint). (merge 7422b2a0a1 sg/commit-slab-clarify-peek later to maint). @@ -92,3 +501,25 @@ Fixes since v2.26 (merge 757c2ba3e2 en/oidset-uninclude-hashmap later to maint). (merge 8312aa7d74 jc/config-tar later to maint). (merge d00a5bdd50 ss/submodule-foreach-cb later to maint). + (merge 64d1022e14 ar/test-style-fixes later to maint). + (merge 4a465443a6 ds/doc-clone-filter later to maint). + (merge bb2dbe301b jk/t3419-drop-expensive-tests later to maint). + (merge d3507cc712 js/test-junit-finalization-fix later to maint). + (merge 2149b6748f bc/faq later to maint). + (merge 12dc0879f1 jk/test-cleanup later to maint). + (merge 344420bf0f pb/rebase-doc-typofix later to maint). + (merge 7cd54d37dc dl/wrapper-fix-indentation later to maint). + (merge 78725ebda9 jc/allow-strlen-substitution-in-shell-scripts later to maint). + (merge 2ecfcdecc6 jm/gitweb-fastcgi-utf8 later to maint). + (merge 0740d0a5d3 jk/oid-array-cleanups later to maint). + (merge a1aba0c95c js/t0007-typofix later to maint). + (merge 76ba7fa225 ma/config-doc-fix later to maint). + (merge 826f0c0df2 js/subtree-doc-update-to-asciidoctor-2 later to maint). + (merge 88eaf361e0 eb/mboxrd-doc later to maint). + (merge 051cc54941 tm/zsh-complete-switch-restore later to maint). + (merge 39102cf4fe ms/doc-revision-illustration-fix later to maint). + (merge 4d9378bfad eb/gitweb-more-trailers later to maint). + (merge bdccbf7047 mt/doc-worktree-ref later to maint). + (merge ce9baf234f dl/push-recurse-submodules-fix later to maint). + (merge 4153274052 bc/doc-credential-helper-value later to maint). + (merge 5c7bb0146e jc/codingstyle-compare-with-null later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.28.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.28.0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6baf781380 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.28.0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +Git 2.28 Release Notes +====================== + +Updates since v2.27 +------------------- + +Backward compatibility notes + + * "fetch.writeCommitGraph" is deemed to be still a bit too risky and + is no longer part of the "feature.experimental" set. + + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * The commands in the "diff" family learned to honor "diff.relative" + configuration variable. + + * The check in "git fsck" to ensure that the tree objects are sorted + still had corner cases it missed unsorted entries. + + * The interface to redact sensitive information in the trace output + has been simplified. + + * The command line completion (in contrib/) learned to complete + options that the "git switch" command takes. + + * "git diff" used to take arguments in random and nonsense range + notation, e.g. "git diff A..B C", "git diff A..B C...D", etc., + which has been cleaned up. + + * "git diff-files" has been taught to say paths that are marked as + intent-to-add are new files, not modified from an empty blob. + + * "git status" learned to report the status of sparse checkout. + + * "git difftool" has trouble dealing with paths added to the index + with the intent-to-add bit. + + * "git fast-export --anonymize" learned to take customized mapping to + allow its users to tweak its output more usable for debugging. + + * The command line completion support (in contrib/) used to be + prepared to work with "set -u" but recent changes got a bit more + sloppy. This has been corrected. + + * "git gui" now allows opening work trees from the start-up dialog. + + +Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. + + * Code optimization for a common case. + (merge 8777616e4d an/merge-single-strategy-optim later to maint). + + * We've adopted a convention that any on-stack structure can be + initialized to have zero values in all fields with "= { 0 }", + even when the first field happens to be a pointer, but sparse + complained that a null pointer should be spelled NULL for a long + time. Start using -Wno-universal-initializer option to squelch + it (the latest sparse has it on by default). + + * "git log -L..." now takes advantage of the "which paths are touched + by this commit?" info stored in the commit-graph system. + + * As FreeBSD is not the only platform whose regexp library reports + a REG_ILLSEQ error when fed invalid UTF-8, add logic to detect that + automatically and skip the affected tests. + + * "git bugreport" learns to report what shell is in use. + + * Support for GIT_CURL_VERBOSE has been rewritten in terms of + GIT_TRACE_CURL. + + * Preliminary clean-ups around refs API, plus file format + specification documentation for the reftable backend. + + * Workaround breakage in MSVC build, where "curl-config --cflags" + gives settings appropriate for GCC build. + + * Code clean-up of "git clean" resulted in a fix of recent + performance regression. + + * Code clean-up in the codepath that serves "git fetch" continues. + + * "git merge-base --is-ancestor" is taught to take advantage of the + commit graph. + + * Rewrite of parts of the scripted "git submodule" Porcelain command + continues; this time it is "git submodule set-branch" subcommand's + turn. + + * The "fetch/clone" protocol has been updated to allow the server to + instruct the clients to grab pre-packaged packfile(s) in addition + to the packed object data coming over the wire. + + * A misdesigned strbuf_write_fd() function has been retired. + + * SHA-256 migration work continues, including CVS/SVN interface. + + * A few fields in "struct commit" that do not have to always be + present have been moved to commit slabs. + + * API cleanup for get_worktrees() + + * By renumbering object flag bits, "struct object" managed to lose + bloated inter-field padding. + + * The name of the primary branch in existing repositories, and the + default name used for the first branch in newly created + repositories, is made configurable, so that we can eventually wean + ourselves off of the hardcoded 'master'. + + * The effort to avoid using test_must_fail on non-git command continues. + + * In 2.28-rc0, we corrected a bug that some repository extensions are + honored by mistake even in a version 0 repositories (these + configuration variables in extensions.* namespace were supposed to + have special meaning in repositories whose version numbers are 1 or + higher), but this was a bit too big a change. The behaviour in + recent versions of Git where certain extensions.* were honored by + mistake even in version 0 repositories has been restored. + + +Fixes since v2.27 +----------------- + + * The "--prepare-p4-only" option of "git p4" is supposed to stop + after replaying one changeset, but kept going (by mistake?) + + * The error message from "git checkout -b foo -t bar baz" was + confusing. + + * Some repositories in the wild have commits that record nonsense + committer timezone (e.g. rails.git); "git fast-import" learned an + option to pass these nonsense timestamps intact to allow recreating + existing repositories as-is. + (merge d42a2fb72f en/fast-import-looser-date later to maint). + + * The command line completion script (in contrib/) tried to complete + "git stash -p" as if it were "git stash push -p", but it was too + aggressive and also affected "git stash show -p", which has been + corrected. + (merge fffd0cf520 vs/complete-stash-show-p-fix later to maint). + + * On-the-wire protocol v2 easily falls into a deadlock between the + remote-curl helper and the fetch-pack process when the server side + prematurely throws an error and disconnects. The communication has + been updated to make it more robust. + + * "git checkout -p" did not handle a newly added path at all. + (merge 2c8bd8471a js/checkout-p-new-file later to maint). + + * The code to parse "git bisect start" command line was lax in + validating the arguments. + (merge 4d9005ff5d cb/bisect-helper-parser-fix later to maint). + + * Reduce memory usage during "diff --quiet" in a worktree with too + many stat-unmatched paths. + (merge d2d7fbe129 jk/diff-memuse-optim-with-stat-unmatch later to maint). + + * The reflog entries for "git clone" and "git fetch" did not + anonymize the URL they operated on. + (merge 46da295a77 js/reflog-anonymize-for-clone-and-fetch later to maint). + + * The behaviour of "sparse-checkout" in the state "git clone + --no-checkout" left was changed accidentally in 2.27, which has + been corrected. + + * Use of negative pathspec, while collecting paths including + untracked ones in the working tree, was broken. + + * The same worktree directory must be registered only once, but + "git worktree move" allowed this invariant to be violated, which + has been corrected. + (merge 810382ed37 es/worktree-duplicate-paths later to maint). + + * The effect of sparse checkout settings on submodules is documented. + (merge e7d7c73249 en/sparse-with-submodule-doc later to maint). + + * Code clean-up around "git branch" with a minor bugfix. + (merge dc44639904 dl/branch-cleanup later to maint). + + * A branch name used in a test has been clarified to match what is + going on. + (merge 08dc26061f pb/t4014-unslave later to maint). + + * An in-code comment in "git diff" has been updated. + (merge c592fd4c83 dl/diff-usage-comment-update later to maint). + + * The documentation and some tests have been adjusted for the recent + renaming of "pu" branch to "seen". + (merge 6dca5dbf93 js/pu-to-seen later to maint). + + * The code to push changes over "dumb" HTTP had a bad interaction + with the commit reachability code due to incorrect allocation of + object flag bits, which has been corrected. + (merge 64472d15e9 bc/http-push-flagsfix later to maint). + + * "git send-email --in-reply-to=<msg>" did not use the In-Reply-To: + header with the value given from the command line, and let it be + overridden by the value on In-Reply-To: header in the messages + being sent out (if exists). + (merge f9f60d7066 ra/send-email-in-reply-to-from-command-line-wins later to maint). + + * "git log -Lx,y:path --before=date" lost track of where the range + should be because it didn't take the changes made by the youngest + commits that are omitted from the output into account. + + * When "fetch.writeCommitGraph" configuration is set in a shallow + repository and a fetch moves the shallow boundary, we wrote out + broken commit-graph files that do not match the reality, which has + been corrected. + + * "git checkout" failed to catch an error from fstat() after updating + a path in the working tree. + (merge 35e6e212fd mt/entry-fstat-fallback-fix later to maint). + + * When an aliased command, whose output is piped to a pager by git, + gets killed by a signal, the pager got into a funny state, which + has been corrected (again). + (merge c0d73a59c9 ta/wait-on-aliased-commands-upon-signal later to maint). + + * The code to produce progress output from "git commit-graph --write" + had a few breakages, which have been fixed. + + * Other code cleanup, docfix, build fix, etc. + (merge 2c31a7aa44 jx/pkt-line-doc-count-fix later to maint). + (merge d63ae31962 cb/t5608-cleanup later to maint). + (merge 788db145c7 dl/t-readme-spell-git-correctly later to maint). + (merge 45a87a83bb dl/python-2.7-is-the-floor-version later to maint). + (merge b75a219904 es/advertise-contribution-doc later to maint). + (merge 0c9a4f638a rs/pull-leakfix later to maint). + (merge d546fe2874 rs/commit-reach-leakfix later to maint). + (merge 087bf5409c mk/pb-pretty-email-without-domain-part-fix later to maint). + (merge 5f4ee57ad9 es/worktree-code-cleanup later to maint). + (merge 0172f7834a cc/cat-file-usage-update later to maint). + (merge 81de0c01cf ma/rebase-doc-typofix later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.29.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.29.0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06ba2f803f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.29.0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,514 @@ +Git 2.29 Release Notes +====================== + +Updates since v2.28 +------------------- + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * "git help log" has been enhanced by sharing more material from the + documentation for the underlying "git rev-list" command. + + * "git for-each-ref --format=<>" learned %(contents:size). + + * "git merge" learned to selectively omit " into <branch>" at the end + of the title of default merge message with merge.suppressDest + configuration. + + * The component to respond to "git fetch" request is made more + configurable to selectively allow or reject object filtering + specification used for partial cloning. + + * Stop when "sendmail.*" configuration variables are defined, which + could be a mistaken attempt to define "sendemail.*" variables. + + * The existing backends for "git mergetool" based on variants of vim + have been refactored and then support for "nvim" has been added. + + * "git bisect" learns the "--first-parent" option to find the first + breakage along the first-parent chain. + + * "git log --first-parent -p" showed patches only for single-parent + commits on the first-parent chain; the "--first-parent" option has + been made to imply "-m". Use "--no-diff-merges" to restore the + previous behaviour to omit patches for merge commits. + + * The commit labels used to explain each side of conflicted hunks + placed by the sequencer machinery have been made more readable by + humans. + + * The "--batch-size" option of "git multi-pack-index repack" command + is now used to specify that very small packfiles are collected into + one until the total size roughly exceeds it. + + * The recent addition of SHA-256 support is marked as experimental in + the documentation. + + * "git fetch" learned --no-write-fetch-head option to avoid writing + the FETCH_HEAD file. + + * Command line completion (in contrib/) usually omits redundant, + deprecated and/or dangerous options from its output; it learned to + optionally include all of them. + + * The output from the "diff" family of the commands had abbreviated + object names of blobs involved in the patch, but its length was not + affected by the --abbrev option. Now it is. + + * "git worktree" gained a "repair" subcommand to help users recover + after moving the worktrees or repository manually without telling + Git. Also, "git init --separate-git-dir" no longer corrupts + administrative data related to linked worktrees. + + * The "--format=" option to the "for-each-ref" command and friends + learned a few more tricks, e.g. the ":short" suffix that applies to + "objectname" now also can be used for "parent", "tree", etc. + + * "git worktree add" learns that the "-d" is a synonym to "--detach" + option to create a new worktree without being on a branch. + + * "format-patch --range-diff=<prev> <origin>..HEAD" has been taught + not to ignore <origin> when <prev> is a single version. + + * "add -p" now allows editing paths that were only added in intent. + + * The 'meld' backend of the "git mergetool" learned to give the + underlying 'meld' the '--auto-merge' option, which would help + reduce the amount of text that requires manual merging. + + * "git for-each-ref" and friends that list refs used to allow only + one --merged or --no-merged to filter them; they learned to take + combination of both kind of filtering. + + * "git maintenance", a "git gc"'s big brother, has been introduced to + take care of more repository maintenance tasks, not limited to the + object database cleaning. + + * "git receive-pack" that accepts requests by "git push" learned to + outsource most of the ref updates to the new "proc-receive" hook. + + * "git push" that wants to be atomic and wants to send push + certificate learned not to prepare and sign the push certificate + when it fails the local check (hence due to atomicity it is known + that no certificate is needed). + + * "git commit-graph write" learned to limit the number of bloom + filters that are computed from scratch with the --max-new-filters + option. + + * The transport protocol v2 has become the default again. + + * The installation procedure learned to optionally omit "git-foo" + executable files for each 'foo' built-in subcommand, which are only + required by old timers that still rely on the age old promise that + prepending "git --exec-path" output to PATH early in their script + will keep the "git-foo" calls they wrote working. + + * The command line completion (in contrib/) learned that "git restore + -s <TAB>" is often followed by a refname. + + * "git shortlog" has been taught to group commits by the contents of + the trailer lines, like "Reviewed-by:", "Coauthored-by:", etc. + + * "git archive" learns the "--add-file" option to include untracked + files into a snapshot from a tree-ish. + + * "git fetch" and "git push" support negative refspecs. + + * "git format-patch" learns to take "whenAble" as a possible value + for the format.useAutoBase configuration variable to become no-op + when the automatically computed base does not make sense. + + * Credential helpers are now allowed to terminate lines with CRLF + line ending, as well as LF line ending. + + +Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. + + * The changed-path Bloom filter is improved using ideas from an + independent implementation. + + * Updates to the changed-paths bloom filter. + + * The test framework has been updated so that most tests will run + with predictable (artificial) timestamps. + + * Preliminary clean-up of the refs API in preparation for adding a + new refs backend "reftable". + + * Dev support to limit the use of test_must_fail to only git commands. + + * While packing many objects in a repository with a promissor remote, + lazily fetching missing objects from the promissor remote one by + one may be inefficient---the code now attempts to fetch all the + missing objects in batch (obviously this won't work for a lazy + clone that lazily fetches tree objects as you cannot even enumerate + what blobs are missing until you learn which trees are missing). + + * The pretend-object mechanism checks if the given object already + exists in the object store before deciding to keep the data + in-core, but the check would have triggered lazy fetching of such + an object from a promissor remote. + + * The argv_array API is useful for not just managing argv but any + "vector" (NULL-terminated array) of strings, and has seen adoption + to a certain degree. It has been renamed to "strvec" to reduce the + barrier to adoption. + + * The final leg of SHA-256 transition plus doc updates. Note that + there is no interoperability between SHA-1 and SHA-256 + repositories yet. + + * CMake support to build with MSVC for Windows bypassing the Makefile. + + * A new helper function has_object() has been introduced to make it + easier to mark object existence checks that do and don't want to + trigger lazy fetches, and a few such checks are converted using it. + + * A no-op replacement function implemented as a C preprocessor macro + does not perform as good a job as one implemented as a "static + inline" function in catching errors in parameters; replace the + former with the latter in <git-compat-util.h> header. + + * Test framework update. + (merge d572f52a64 es/test-cmp-typocatcher later to maint). + + * Updates to "git merge" tests, in preparation for a new merge + strategy backend. + + * midx and commit-graph files now use the byte defined in their file + format specification for identifying the hash function used for + object names. + + * The FETCH_HEAD is now always read from the filesystem regardless of + the ref backend in use, as its format is much richer than the + normal refs, and written directly by "git fetch" as a plain file.. + + * An unused binary has been discarded, and and a bunch of commands + have been turned into into built-in. + + * A handful of places in in-tree code still relied on being able to + execute the git subcommands, especially built-ins, in "git-foo" + form, which have been corrected. + + * When a packfile is removed by "git repack", multi-pack-index gets + cleared; the code was taught to do so less aggressively by first + checking if the midx actually refers to a pack that no longer + exists. + + * Internal API clean-up to handle two options "diff-index" and "log" + have, which happen to share the same short form, more sensibly. + + * The "add -i/-p" machinery has been written in C but it is not used + by default yet. It is made default to those who are participating + in feature.experimental experiment. + + * Allow maintainers to tweak $(TAR) invocations done while making + distribution tarballs. + + * "git index-pack" learned to resolve deltified objects with greater + parallelism. + + * "diff-highlight" (in contrib/) had a logic to flush its output upon + seeing a blank line but the way it detected a blank line was broken. + + * The logic to skip testing on the tagged commit and the tag itself + was not quite consistent which led to failure of Windows test + tasks. It has been revamped to consistently skip revisions that + have already been tested, based on the tree object of the revision. + + +Fixes since v2.28 +----------------- + + * The "mediawiki" remote backend which lives in contrib/mw-to-git/ + and is not built with git by default, had an RCE bug allowing a + malicious MediaWiki server operator to inject arbitrary commands + for execution by a cloning client. This has been fixed. + + The bug was discovered and reported by Joern Schneeweisz of GitLab + to the git-security mailing list. Its practical impact due to the + obscurity of git-remote-mediawiki was deemed small enough to forgo + a dedicated security release. + + * "git clone --separate-git-dir=$elsewhere" used to stomp on the + contents of the existing directory $elsewhere, which has been + taught to fail when $elsewhere is not an empty directory. + (merge dfaa209a79 bw/fail-cloning-into-non-empty later to maint). + + * With the base fix to 2.27 regresion, any new extensions in a v0 + repository would still be silently honored, which is not quite + right. Instead, complain and die loudly. + (merge ec91ffca04 jk/reject-newer-extensions-in-v0 later to maint). + + * Fetching from a lazily cloned repository resulted at the server + side in attempts to lazy fetch objects that the client side has, + many of which will not be available from the third-party anyway. + (merge 77aa0941ce jt/avoid-lazy-fetching-upon-have-check later to maint). + + * Fix to an ancient bug caused by an over-eager attempt for + optimization. + (merge a98f7fb366 rs/add-index-entry-optim-fix later to maint). + + * Pushing a ref whose name contains non-ASCII character with the + "--force-with-lease" option did not work over smart HTTP protocol, + which has been corrected. + (merge cd85b447bf bc/push-cas-cquoted-refname later to maint). + + * "git mv src dst", when src is an unmerged path, errored out + correctly but with an incorrect error message to claim that src is + not tracked, which has been clarified. + (merge 9b906af657 ct/mv-unmerged-path-error later to maint). + + * Fix to a regression introduced during 2.27 cycle. + (merge cada7308ad en/fill-directory-exponential later to maint). + + * Command line completion (in contrib/) update. + (merge 688b87c81b mp/complete-show-color-moved later to maint). + + * All "mergy" operations that internally use the merge-recursive + machinery should honor the merge.renormalize configuration, but + many of them didn't. + + * Doc cleanup around "worktree". + (merge dc9c144be5 es/worktree-doc-cleanups later to maint). + + * The "git blame --first-parent" option was not documented, but now + it is. + (merge 11bc12ae1e rp/blame-first-parent-doc later to maint). + + * The logic to find the ref transaction hook script attempted to + cache the path to the found hook without realizing that it needed + to keep a copied value, as the API it used returned a transitory + buffer space. This has been corrected. + (merge 09b2aa30c9 ps/ref-transaction-hook later to maint). + + * Recent versions of "git diff-files" shows a diff between the index + and the working tree for "intent-to-add" paths as a "new file" + patch; "git apply --cached" should be able to take "git diff-files" + and should act as an equivalent to "git add" for the path, but the + command failed to do so for such a path. + (merge 4c025c667e rp/apply-cached-with-i-t-a later to maint). + + * "git diff [<tree-ish>] $path" for a $path that is marked with i-t-a + bit was not showing the mode bits from the working tree. + (merge cb0dd22b82 rp/ita-diff-modefix later to maint). + + * Ring buffer with size 4 used for bin-hex translation resulted in a + wrong object name in the sequencer's todo output, which has been + corrected. + (merge 5da69c0dac ak/sequencer-fix-find-uniq-abbrev later to maint). + + * When given more than one target line ranges, "git blame -La,b + -Lc,d" was over-eager to coalesce groups of original lines and + showed incorrect results, which has been corrected. + (merge c2ebaa27d6 jk/blame-coalesce-fix later to maint). + + * The regexp to identify the function boundary for FORTRAN programs + has been updated. + (merge 75c3b6b2e8 pb/userdiff-fortran-update later to maint). + + * A few end-user facing messages have been updated to be + hash-algorithm agnostic. + (merge 4279000d3e jc/object-names-are-not-sha-1 later to maint). + + * "unlink" emulation on MinGW has been optimized. + (merge 680e0b4524 jh/mingw-unlink later to maint). + + * The purpose of "git init --separate-git-dir" is to initialize a + new project with the repository separate from the working tree, + or, in the case of an existing project, to move the repository + (the .git/ directory) out of the working tree. It does not make + sense to use --separate-git-dir with a bare repository for which + there is no working tree, so disallow its use with bare + repositories. + (merge ccf236a23a es/init-no-separate-git-dir-in-bare later to maint). + + * "ls-files -o" mishandled the top-level directory of another git + working tree that hangs in the current git working tree. + (merge ab282aa548 en/dir-nonbare-embedded later to maint). + + * Fix some incorrect UNLEAK() annotations. + (merge 3e19816dc0 jk/unleak-fixes later to maint). + + * Use more buffered I/O where we used to call many small write(2)s. + (merge a698d67b08 rs/more-buffered-io later to maint). + + * The patch-id computation did not ignore the "incomplete last line" + marker like whitespaces. + (merge 82a62015a7 rs/patch-id-with-incomplete-line later to maint). + + * Updates into a lazy/partial clone with a submodule did not work + well with transfer.fsckobjects set. + + * The parser for "git for-each-ref --format=..." was too loose when + parsing the "%(trailers...)" atom, and forgot that "trailers" and + "trailers:<modifiers>" are the only two allowed forms, which has + been corrected. + (merge 2c22e102f8 hv/ref-filter-trailers-atom-parsing-fix later to maint). + + * Long ago, we decided to use 3 threads by default when running the + index-pack task in parallel, which has been adjusted a bit upwards. + (merge fbff95b67f jk/index-pack-w-more-threads later to maint). + + * "git restore/checkout --no-overlay" with wildcarded pathspec + mistakenly removed matching paths in subdirectories, which has been + corrected. + (merge bfda204ade rs/checkout-no-overlay-pathspec-fix later to maint). + + * The description of --cached/--index options in "git apply --help" + has been updated. + (merge d064702be3 rp/apply-cached-doc later to maint). + + * Feeding "$ZERO_OID" to "git log --ignore-missing --stdin", and + running "git log --ignore-missing $ZERO_OID" fell back to start + digging from HEAD; it has been corrected to become a no-op, like + "git log --tags=no-tag-matches-this-pattern" does. + (merge 04a0e98515 jk/rev-input-given-fix later to maint). + + * Various callers of run_command API have been modernized. + (merge afbdba391e jc/run-command-use-embedded-args later to maint). + + * List of options offered and accepted by "git add -i/-p" were + inconsistent, which have been corrected. + (merge ce910287e7 pw/add-p-allowed-options-fix later to maint). + + * "git diff --stat -w" showed 0-line changes for paths whose changes + were only whitespaces, which was not intuitive. We now omit such + paths from the stat output. + (merge 1cf3d5db9b mr/diff-hide-stat-wo-textual-change later to maint). + + * It was possible for xrealloc() to send a non-NULL pointer that has + been freed, which has been fixed. + (merge 6479ea4a8a jk/xrealloc-avoid-use-after-free later to maint). + + * "git status" has trouble showing where it came from by interpreting + reflog entries that record certain events, e.g. "checkout @{u}", and + gives a hard/fatal error. Even though it inherently is impossible + to give a correct answer because the reflog entries lose some + information (e.g. "@{u}" does not record what branch the user was + on hence which branch 'the upstream' needs to be computed, and even + if the record were available, the relationship between branches may + have changed), at least hide the error and allow "status" to show its + output. + + * "git status --short" quoted a path with SP in it when tracked, but + not those that are untracked, ignored or unmerged. They are all + shown quoted consistently. + + * "git diff/show" on a change that involves a submodule used to read + the information on commits in the submodule from a wrong repository + and gave a wrong information when the commit-graph is involved. + (merge 85a1ec2c32 mf/submodule-summary-with-correct-repository later to maint). + + * Unlike "git config --local", "git config --worktree" did not fail + early and cleanly when started outside a git repository. + (merge 378fe5fc3d mt/config-fail-nongit-early later to maint). + + * There is a logic to estimate how many objects are in the + repository, which is meant to run once per process invocation, but + it ran every time the estimated value was requested. + (merge 67bb65de5d jk/dont-count-existing-objects-twice later to maint). + + * "git remote set-head" that failed still said something that hints + the operation went through, which was misleading. + (merge 5a07c6c3c2 cs/don-t-pretend-a-failed-remote-set-head-succeeded later to maint). + + * "git fetch --all --ipv4/--ipv6" forgot to pass the protocol options + to instances of the "git fetch" that talk to individual remotes, + which has been corrected. + (merge 4e735c1326 ar/fetch-ipversion-in-all later to maint). + + * The "unshelve" subcommand of "git p4" incorrectly used commit^N + where it meant to say commit~N to name the Nth generation + ancestor, which has been corrected. + (merge 0acbf5997f ld/p4-unshelve-fix later to maint). + + * "git clone" that clones from SHA-1 repository, while + GIT_DEFAULT_HASH set to use SHA-256 already, resulted in an + unusable repository that half-claims to be SHA-256 repository + with SHA-1 objects and refs. This has been corrected. + + * Adjust sample hooks for hash algorithm other than SHA-1. + (merge d8d3d632f4 dl/zero-oid-in-hooks later to maint). + + * "git range-diff" showed incorrect diffstat, which has been + corrected. + + * Earlier we taught "git pull" to warn when the user does not say the + histories need to be merged, rebased or accepts only fast- + forwarding, but the warning triggered for those who have set the + pull.ff configuration variable. + (merge 54200cef86 ah/pull later to maint). + + * Compilation fix around type punning. + (merge 176380fd11 jk/drop-unaligned-loads later to maint). + + * "git blame --ignore-rev/--ignore-revs-file" failed to validate + their input are valid revision, and failed to take into account + that the user may want to give an annotated tag instead of a + commit, which has been corrected. + (merge 610e2b9240 jc/blame-ignore-fix later to maint). + + * "git bisect start X Y", when X and Y are not valid committish + object names, should take X and Y as pathspec, but didn't. + (merge 73c6de06af cc/bisect-start-fix later to maint). + + * The explanation of the "scissors line" has been clarified. + (merge 287416dba6 eg/mailinfo-doc-scissors later to maint). + + * A race that leads to an access to a free'd data was corrected in + the codepath that reads pack files. + (merge bda959c476 mt/delta-base-cache-races later to maint). + + * in_merge_bases_many(), a way to see if a commit is reachable from + any commit in a set of commits, was totally broken when the + commit-graph feature was in use, which has been corrected. + (merge 8791bf1841 ds/in-merge-bases-many-optim-bug later to maint). + + * "git submodule update --quiet" did not squelch underlying "rebase" + and "pull" commands. + (merge 3ad0401e9e td/submodule-update-quiet later to maint). + + * The lazy fetching done internally to make missing objects available + in a partial clone incorrectly made permanent damage to the partial + clone filter in the repository, which has been corrected. + + * "log -c --find-object=X" did not work well to find a merge that + involves a change to an object X from only one parent. + (merge 957876f17d jk/diff-cc-oidfind-fix later to maint). + + * Other code cleanup, docfix, build fix, etc. + (merge 84544f2ea3 sk/typofixes later to maint). + (merge b17f411ab5 ar/help-guides-doc later to maint). + (merge 98c6871fad rs/grep-simpler-parse-object-or-die-call later to maint). + (merge 861c4ce141 en/typofixes later to maint). + (merge 60e47f6773 sg/ci-git-path-fix-with-pyenv later to maint). + (merge e2bfa50ac3 jb/doc-packfile-name later to maint). + (merge 918d8ff780 es/worktree-cleanup later to maint). + (merge dc156bc31f ma/t1450-quotefix later to maint). + (merge 56e743426b en/merge-recursive-comment-fixes later to maint). + (merge 7d23ff818f rs/bisect-oid-to-hex-fix later to maint). + (merge de20baf2c9 ny/notes-doc-sample-update later to maint). + (merge f649aaaf82 so/rev-parser-errormessage-fix later to maint). + (merge 6103d58b7f bc/sha-256-cvs-svn-updates later to maint). + (merge ac900fddb7 ma/stop-progress-null-fix later to maint). + (merge e767963ab6 rs/upload-pack-sigchain-fix later to maint). + (merge a831908599 rs/preserve-merges-unused-code-removal later to maint). + (merge 6dfefe70a9 jb/commit-graph-doc-fix later to maint). + (merge 847b37271e pb/set-url-docfix later to maint). + (merge 748f733d54 mt/checkout-entry-dead-code-removal later to maint). + (merge ce820cbd58 dl/subtree-docs later to maint). + (merge 55fe225dde jk/leakfix later to maint). + (merge ee22a29215 so/pretty-abbrev-doc later to maint). + (merge 3100fd5588 jc/post-checkout-doc later to maint). + (merge 17bae89476 pb/doc-external-diff-env later to maint). + (merge 27ed6ccc12 jk/worktree-check-clean-leakfix later to maint). + (merge 1302badd16 ea/blame-use-oideq later to maint). + (merge e6d5a11fed al/t3200-back-on-a-branch later to maint). + (merge 324efcf6b6 pw/add-p-leakfix later to maint). + (merge 1c6ffb546b jk/add-i-fixes later to maint). + (merge e40e936551 cd/commit-graph-doc later to maint). + (merge 0512eabd91 jc/sequencer-stopped-sha-simplify later to maint). + (merge d01141de5a so/combine-diff-simplify later to maint). + (merge 3be01e5ab1 sn/fast-import-doc later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.29.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.29.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..295ee2135f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.29.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +Git v2.29.1 Release Notes +========================= + +This is to fix the build procedure change in 2.28 where we failed to +install a few programs that should be installed in /usr/bin (namely, +receive-pack, upload-archive and upload-pack) when the non-default +SKIP_DASHED_BUILT_INS installation option is in effect. + +A minor glitch in a non-default installation may usually not deserve +a hotfix, but I know Git for Windows ship binaries built with this +option, so let's make an exception. diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches index 4515cab519..291b61e262 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches @@ -3,8 +3,9 @@ Submitting Patches == Guidelines -Here are some guidelines for people who want to contribute their code -to this software. +Here are some guidelines for people who want to contribute their code to this +software. There is also a link:MyFirstContribution.html[step-by-step tutorial] +available which covers many of these same guidelines. [[base-branch]] === Decide what to base your work on. @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ change is relevant to. base your work on the tip of the topic. * A new feature should be based on `master` in general. If the new - feature depends on a topic that is in `pu`, but not in `master`, + feature depends on a topic that is in `seen`, but not in `master`, base your work on the tip of that topic. * Corrections and enhancements to a topic not yet in `master` should @@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ change is relevant to. into the series. * In the exceptional case that a new feature depends on several topics - not in `master`, start working on `next` or `pu` privately and send + not in `master`, start working on `next` or `seen` privately and send out patches for discussion. Before the final merge, you may have to wait until some of the dependent topics graduate to `master`, and rebase your work. @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ change is relevant to. these parts should be based on their trees. To find the tip of a topic branch, run `git log --first-parent -master..pu` and look for the merge commit. The second parent of this +master..seen` and look for the merge commit. The second parent of this commit is the tip of the topic branch. [[separate-commits]] @@ -423,7 +424,7 @@ help you find out who they are. and cooked further and eventually graduates to `master`. In any time between the (2)-(3) cycle, the maintainer may pick it up -from the list and queue it to `pu`, in order to make it easier for +from the list and queue it to `seen`, in order to make it easier for people play with it without having to pick up and apply the patch to their trees themselves. @@ -434,7 +435,7 @@ their trees themselves. master. `git pull --rebase` will automatically skip already-applied patches, and will let you know. This works only if you rebase on top of the branch in which your patch has been merged (i.e. it will not - tell you if your patch is merged in pu if you rebase on top of + tell you if your patch is merged in `seen` if you rebase on top of master). * Read the Git mailing list, the maintainer regularly posts messages diff --git a/Documentation/asciidoc.conf b/Documentation/asciidoc.conf index 8fc4b67081..3e4c13971b 100644 --- a/Documentation/asciidoc.conf +++ b/Documentation/asciidoc.conf @@ -31,24 +31,6 @@ ifdef::backend-docbook[] endif::backend-docbook[] ifdef::backend-docbook[] -ifndef::git-asciidoc-no-roff[] -# "unbreak" docbook-xsl v1.68 for manpages. v1.69 works with or without this. -# v1.72 breaks with this because it replaces dots not in roff requests. -[listingblock] -<example><title>{title}</title> -<literallayout class="monospaced"> -ifdef::doctype-manpage[] - .ft C -endif::doctype-manpage[] -| -ifdef::doctype-manpage[] - .ft -endif::doctype-manpage[] -</literallayout> -{title#}</example> -endif::git-asciidoc-no-roff[] - -ifdef::git-asciidoc-no-roff[] ifdef::doctype-manpage[] # The following two small workarounds insert a simple paragraph after screen [listingblock] @@ -67,7 +49,6 @@ ifdef::doctype-manpage[] {title#}</para></formalpara> {title%}<simpara></simpara> endif::doctype-manpage[] -endif::git-asciidoc-no-roff[] endif::backend-docbook[] ifdef::doctype-manpage[] diff --git a/Documentation/blame-options.txt b/Documentation/blame-options.txt index 5d122db6e9..88750af7ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/blame-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/blame-options.txt @@ -36,6 +36,12 @@ include::line-range-format.txt[] START. `git blame --reverse START` is taken as `git blame --reverse START..HEAD` for convenience. +--first-parent:: + Follow only the first parent commit upon seeing a merge + commit. This option can be used to determine when a line + was introduced to a particular integration branch, rather + than when it was introduced to the history overall. + -p:: --porcelain:: Show in a format designed for machine consumption. diff --git a/Documentation/cmd-list.perl b/Documentation/cmd-list.perl index 5aa73cfe45..af5da45d28 100755 --- a/Documentation/cmd-list.perl +++ b/Documentation/cmd-list.perl @@ -6,9 +6,14 @@ sub format_one { my ($out, $nameattr) = @_; my ($name, $attr) = @$nameattr; my ($state, $description); + my $mansection; $state = 0; open I, '<', "$name.txt" or die "No such file $name.txt"; while (<I>) { + if (/^git[a-z0-9-]*\(([0-9])\)$/) { + $mansection = $1; + next; + } if (/^NAME$/) { $state = 1; next; @@ -27,7 +32,7 @@ sub format_one { die "No description found in $name.txt"; } if (my ($verify_name, $text) = ($description =~ /^($name) - (.*)/)) { - print $out "linkgit:$name\[1\]::\n\t"; + print $out "linkgit:$name\[$mansection\]::\n\t"; if ($attr =~ / deprecated /) { print $out "(deprecated) "; } @@ -38,12 +43,15 @@ sub format_one { } } -while (<>) { +my ($input, @categories) = @ARGV; + +open IN, "<$input"; +while (<IN>) { last if /^### command list/; } my %cmds = (); -for (sort <>) { +for (sort <IN>) { next if /^#/; chomp; @@ -51,17 +59,10 @@ for (sort <>) { $attr = '' unless defined $attr; push @{$cmds{$cat}}, [$name, " $attr "]; } +close IN; -for my $cat (qw(ancillaryinterrogators - ancillarymanipulators - mainporcelain - plumbinginterrogators - plumbingmanipulators - synchingrepositories - foreignscminterface - purehelpers - synchelpers)) { - my $out = "cmds-$cat.txt"; +for my $out (@categories) { + my ($cat) = $out =~ /^cmds-(.*)\.txt$/; open O, '>', "$out+" or die "Cannot open output file $out+"; for (@{$cmds{$cat}}) { format_one(\*O, $_); diff --git a/Documentation/config.txt b/Documentation/config.txt index 2450589a0e..bf706b950e 100644 --- a/Documentation/config.txt +++ b/Documentation/config.txt @@ -3,11 +3,12 @@ CONFIGURATION FILE The Git configuration file contains a number of variables that affect the Git commands' behavior. The files `.git/config` and optionally -`config.worktree` (see `extensions.worktreeConfig` below) in each -repository are used to store the configuration for that repository, and -`$HOME/.gitconfig` is used to store a per-user configuration as -fallback values for the `.git/config` file. The file `/etc/gitconfig` -can be used to store a system-wide default configuration. +`config.worktree` (see the "CONFIGURATION FILE" section of +linkgit:git-worktree[1]) in each repository are used to store the +configuration for that repository, and `$HOME/.gitconfig` is used to +store a per-user configuration as fallback values for the `.git/config` +file. The file `/etc/gitconfig` can be used to store a system-wide +default configuration. The configuration variables are used by both the Git plumbing and the porcelains. The variables are divided into sections, wherein @@ -220,12 +221,12 @@ Example ; affected by the condition [includeIf "gitdir:/path/to/group/"] path = foo.inc ----- - ; include only if we are in a worktree where foo-branch is - ; currently checked out - [includeIf "onbranch:foo-branch"] - path = foo.inc +; include only if we are in a worktree where foo-branch is +; currently checked out +[includeIf "onbranch:foo-branch"] + path = foo.inc +---- Values ~~~~~~ @@ -339,6 +340,8 @@ include::config/column.txt[] include::config/commit.txt[] +include::config/commitgraph.txt[] + include::config/credential.txt[] include::config/completion.txt[] @@ -347,6 +350,8 @@ include::config/diff.txt[] include::config/difftool.txt[] +include::config/extensions.txt[] + include::config/fastimport.txt[] include::config/feature.txt[] @@ -395,6 +400,8 @@ include::config/mailinfo.txt[] include::config/mailmap.txt[] +include::config/maintenance.txt[] + include::config/man.txt[] include::config/merge.txt[] diff --git a/Documentation/config/commitgraph.txt b/Documentation/config/commitgraph.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4582c39fc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/commitgraph.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +commitGraph.maxNewFilters:: + Specifies the default value for the `--max-new-filters` option of `git + commit-graph write` (c.f., linkgit:git-commit-graph[1]). + +commitGraph.readChangedPaths:: + If true, then git will use the changed-path Bloom filters in the + commit-graph file (if it exists, and they are present). Defaults to + true. See linkgit:git-commit-graph[1] for more information. diff --git a/Documentation/config/core.txt b/Documentation/config/core.txt index 74619a9c03..02002cf109 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/core.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/core.txt @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ the largest projects. You probably do not need to adjust this value. Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. core.deltaBaseCacheLimit:: - Maximum number of bytes to reserve for caching base objects + Maximum number of bytes per thread to reserve for caching base objects that may be referenced by multiple deltified objects. By storing the entire decompressed base objects in a cache Git is able to avoid unpacking and decompressing frequently used base diff --git a/Documentation/config/credential.txt b/Documentation/config/credential.txt index 60fb3189e1..9d01641c28 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/credential.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/credential.txt @@ -1,9 +1,13 @@ credential.helper:: Specify an external helper to be called when a username or password credential is needed; the helper may consult external - storage to avoid prompting the user for the credentials. Note - that multiple helpers may be defined. See linkgit:gitcredentials[7] - for details. + storage to avoid prompting the user for the credentials. This is + normally the name of a credential helper with possible + arguments, but may also be an absolute path with arguments or, if + preceded by `!`, shell commands. ++ +Note that multiple helpers may be defined. See linkgit:gitcredentials[7] +for details and examples. credential.useHttpPath:: When acquiring credentials, consider the "path" component of an http diff --git a/Documentation/config/diff.txt b/Documentation/config/diff.txt index ff09f1cf73..c3ae136eba 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/diff.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/diff.txt @@ -105,6 +105,10 @@ diff.mnemonicPrefix:: diff.noprefix:: If set, 'git diff' does not show any source or destination prefix. +diff.relative:: + If set to 'true', 'git diff' does not show changes outside of the directory + and show pathnames relative to the current directory. + diff.orderFile:: File indicating how to order files within a diff. See the '-O' option to linkgit:git-diff[1] for details. diff --git a/Documentation/config/extensions.txt b/Documentation/config/extensions.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4e23d73cdc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/extensions.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +extensions.objectFormat:: + Specify the hash algorithm to use. The acceptable values are `sha1` and + `sha256`. If not specified, `sha1` is assumed. It is an error to specify + this key unless `core.repositoryFormatVersion` is 1. ++ +Note that this setting should only be set by linkgit:git-init[1] or +linkgit:git-clone[1]. Trying to change it after initialization will not +work and will produce hard-to-diagnose issues. diff --git a/Documentation/config/feature.txt b/Documentation/config/feature.txt index 4e3a5c0ceb..cdecd04e5b 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/feature.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/feature.txt @@ -14,14 +14,6 @@ feature.experimental:: + * `fetch.negotiationAlgorithm=skipping` may improve fetch negotiation times by skipping more commits at a time, reducing the number of round trips. -+ -* `fetch.writeCommitGraph=true` writes a commit-graph after every `git fetch` -command that downloads a pack-file from a remote. Using the `--split` option, -most executions will create a very small commit-graph file on top of the -existing commit-graph file(s). Occasionally, these files will merge and the -write may take longer. Having an updated commit-graph file helps performance -of many Git commands, including `git merge-base`, `git push -f`, and -`git log --graph`. feature.manyFiles:: Enable config options that optimize for repos with many files in the diff --git a/Documentation/config/fetch.txt b/Documentation/config/fetch.txt index f11940280f..6af6f5edb2 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/fetch.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/fetch.txt @@ -1,11 +1,14 @@ fetch.recurseSubmodules:: - This option can be either set to a boolean value or to 'on-demand'. + This option controls whether `git fetch` (and the underlying fetch + in `git pull`) will recursively fetch into populated submodules. + This option can be set either to a boolean value or to 'on-demand'. Setting it to a boolean changes the behavior of fetch and pull to - unconditionally recurse into submodules when set to true or to not - recurse at all when set to false. When set to 'on-demand' (the default - value), fetch and pull will only recurse into a populated submodule - when its superproject retrieves a commit that updates the submodule's + recurse unconditionally into submodules when set to true or to not + recurse at all when set to false. When set to 'on-demand', fetch and + pull will only recurse into a populated submodule when its + superproject retrieves a commit that updates the submodule's reference. + Defaults to 'on-demand', or to the value of 'submodule.recurse' if set. fetch.fsckObjects:: If it is set to true, git-fetch-pack will check all fetched @@ -57,7 +60,10 @@ fetch.negotiationAlgorithm:: sent when negotiating the contents of the packfile to be sent by the server. Set to "skipping" to use an algorithm that skips commits in an effort to converge faster, but may result in a larger-than-necessary - packfile; The default is "default" which instructs Git to use the default algorithm + packfile; or set to "noop" to not send any information at all, which + will almost certainly result in a larger-than-necessary packfile, but + will skip the negotiation step. + The default is "default" which instructs Git to use the default algorithm that never skips commits (unless the server has acknowledged it or one of its descendants). If `feature.experimental` is enabled, then this setting defaults to "skipping". @@ -87,5 +93,4 @@ fetch.writeCommitGraph:: the existing commit-graph file(s). Occasionally, these files will merge and the write may take longer. Having an updated commit-graph file helps performance of many Git commands, including `git merge-base`, - `git push -f`, and `git log --graph`. Defaults to false, unless - `feature.experimental` is true. + `git push -f`, and `git log --graph`. Defaults to false. diff --git a/Documentation/config/fmt-merge-msg.txt b/Documentation/config/fmt-merge-msg.txt index c73cfa90b7..3fbf40e24f 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/fmt-merge-msg.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/fmt-merge-msg.txt @@ -8,3 +8,15 @@ merge.log:: most the specified number of one-line descriptions from the actual commits that are being merged. Defaults to false, and true is a synonym for 20. + +merge.suppressDest:: + By adding a glob that matches the names of integration + branches to this multi-valued configuration variable, the + default merge message computed for merges into these + integration branches will omit "into <branch name>" from + its title. ++ +An element with an empty value can be used to clear the list +of globs accumulated from previous configuration entries. +When there is no `merge.suppressDest` variable defined, the +default value of `master` is used for backward compatibility. diff --git a/Documentation/config/format.txt b/Documentation/config/format.txt index 45c7bd5a8f..c2efd8758a 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/format.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/format.txt @@ -57,6 +57,11 @@ format.suffix:: `.patch`. Use this variable to change that suffix (make sure to include the dot if you want it). +format.encodeEmailHeaders:: + Encode email headers that have non-ASCII characters with + "Q-encoding" (described in RFC 2047) for email transmission. + Defaults to true. + format.pretty:: The default pretty format for log/show/whatchanged command, See linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], @@ -91,7 +96,9 @@ format.outputDirectory:: format.useAutoBase:: A boolean value which lets you enable the `--base=auto` option of - format-patch by default. + format-patch by default. Can also be set to "whenAble" to allow + enabling `--base=auto` if a suitable base is available, but to skip + adding base info otherwise without the format dying. format.notes:: Provides the default value for the `--notes` option to diff --git a/Documentation/config/init.txt b/Documentation/config/init.txt index 46fa8c6a08..dc77f8c844 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/init.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/init.txt @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ init.templateDir:: Specify the directory from which templates will be copied. (See the "TEMPLATE DIRECTORY" section of linkgit:git-init[1].) + +init.defaultBranch:: + Allows overriding the default branch name e.g. when initializing + a new repository or when cloning an empty repository. diff --git a/Documentation/config/log.txt b/Documentation/config/log.txt index e9e1e397f3..208d5fdcaa 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/log.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/log.txt @@ -18,6 +18,12 @@ log.decorate:: names are shown. This is the same as the `--decorate` option of the `git log`. +log.excludeDecoration:: + Exclude the specified patterns from the log decorations. This is + similar to the `--decorate-refs-exclude` command-line option, but + the config option can be overridden by the `--decorate-refs` + option. + log.follow:: If `true`, `git log` will act as if the `--follow` option was used when a single <path> is given. This has the same limitations as `--follow`, diff --git a/Documentation/config/maintenance.txt b/Documentation/config/maintenance.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7cc6700d57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/maintenance.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +maintenance.<task>.enabled:: + This boolean config option controls whether the maintenance task + with name `<task>` is run when no `--task` option is specified to + `git maintenance run`. These config values are ignored if a + `--task` option exists. By default, only `maintenance.gc.enabled` + is true. + +maintenance.commit-graph.auto:: + This integer config option controls how often the `commit-graph` task + should be run as part of `git maintenance run --auto`. If zero, then + the `commit-graph` task will not run with the `--auto` option. A + negative value will force the task to run every time. Otherwise, a + positive value implies the command should run when the number of + reachable commits that are not in the commit-graph file is at least + the value of `maintenance.commit-graph.auto`. The default value is + 100. diff --git a/Documentation/config/merge.txt b/Documentation/config/merge.txt index 6a313937f8..cb2ed58907 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/merge.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/merge.txt @@ -70,6 +70,16 @@ merge.stat:: Whether to print the diffstat between ORIG_HEAD and the merge result at the end of the merge. True by default. +merge.autoStash:: + When set to true, automatically create a temporary stash entry + before the operation begins, and apply it after the operation + ends. This means that you can run merge on a dirty worktree. + However, use with care: the final stash application after a + successful merge might result in non-trivial conflicts. + This option can be overridden by the `--no-autostash` and + `--autostash` options of linkgit:git-merge[1]. + Defaults to false. + merge.tool:: Controls which merge tool is used by linkgit:git-mergetool[1]. The list below shows the valid built-in values. diff --git a/Documentation/config/mergetool.txt b/Documentation/config/mergetool.txt index 09ed31dbfa..16a27443a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/mergetool.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/mergetool.txt @@ -30,6 +30,16 @@ mergetool.meld.hasOutput:: to `true` tells Git to unconditionally use the `--output` option, and `false` avoids using `--output`. +mergetool.meld.useAutoMerge:: + When the `--auto-merge` is given, meld will merge all non-conflicting + parts automatically, highlight the conflicting parts and wait for + user decision. Setting `mergetool.meld.useAutoMerge` to `true` tells + Git to unconditionally use the `--auto-merge` option with `meld`. + Setting this value to `auto` makes git detect whether `--auto-merge` + is supported and will only use `--auto-merge` when available. A + value of `false` avoids using `--auto-merge` altogether, and is the + default value. + mergetool.keepBackup:: After performing a merge, the original file with conflict markers can be saved as a file with a `.orig` extension. If this variable diff --git a/Documentation/config/push.txt b/Documentation/config/push.txt index 0a7aa322a9..f5e5b38c68 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/push.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/push.txt @@ -112,3 +112,5 @@ push.recurseSubmodules:: is 'no' then default behavior of ignoring submodules when pushing is retained. You may override this configuration at time of push by specifying '--recurse-submodules=check|on-demand|no'. + If not set, 'no' is used by default, unless 'submodule.recurse' is + set (in which case a 'true' value means 'on-demand'). diff --git a/Documentation/config/receive.txt b/Documentation/config/receive.txt index 65f78aac37..85d5b5a3d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/receive.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/receive.txt @@ -114,6 +114,28 @@ receive.hideRefs:: An attempt to update or delete a hidden ref by `git push` is rejected. +receive.procReceiveRefs:: + This is a multi-valued variable that defines reference prefixes + to match the commands in `receive-pack`. Commands matching the + prefixes will be executed by an external hook "proc-receive", + instead of the internal `execute_commands` function. If this + variable is not defined, the "proc-receive" hook will never be + used, and all commands will be executed by the internal + `execute_commands` function. ++ +For example, if this variable is set to "refs/for", pushing to reference +such as "refs/for/master" will not create or update a reference named +"refs/for/master", but may create or update a pull request directly by +running the hook "proc-receive". ++ +Optional modifiers can be provided in the beginning of the value to filter +commands for specific actions: create (a), modify (m), delete (d). +A `!` can be included in the modifiers to negate the reference prefix entry. +E.g.: ++ + git config --system --add receive.procReceiveRefs ad:refs/heads + git config --system --add receive.procReceiveRefs !:refs/heads + receive.updateServerInfo:: If set to true, git-receive-pack will run git-update-server-info after receiving data from git-push and updating refs. diff --git a/Documentation/config/sendemail.txt b/Documentation/config/sendemail.txt index 0006faf800..cbc5af42fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/sendemail.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/sendemail.txt @@ -61,3 +61,8 @@ sendemail.smtpBatchSize:: sendemail.smtpReloginDelay:: Seconds wait before reconnecting to smtp server. See also the `--relogin-delay` option of linkgit:git-send-email[1]. + +sendemail.forbidSendmailVariables:: + To avoid common misconfiguration mistakes, linkgit:git-send-email[1] + will abort with a warning if any configuration options for "sendmail" + exist. Set this variable to bypass the check. diff --git a/Documentation/config/submodule.txt b/Documentation/config/submodule.txt index b33177151c..d7a63c8c12 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/submodule.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/submodule.txt @@ -59,9 +59,17 @@ submodule.active:: submodule.recurse:: Specifies if commands recurse into submodules by default. This - applies to all commands that have a `--recurse-submodules` option, - except `clone`. + applies to all commands that have a `--recurse-submodules` option + (`checkout`, `fetch`, `grep`, `pull`, `push`, `read-tree`, `reset`, + `restore` and `switch`) except `clone` and `ls-files`. Defaults to false. + When set to true, it can be deactivated via the + `--no-recurse-submodules` option. Note that some Git commands + lacking this option may call some of the above commands affected by + `submodule.recurse`; for instance `git remote update` will call + `git fetch` but does not have a `--no-recurse-submodules` option. + For these commands a workaround is to temporarily change the + configuration value by using `git -c submodule.recurse=0`. submodule.fetchJobs:: Specifies how many submodules are fetched/cloned at the same time. diff --git a/Documentation/config/trace2.txt b/Documentation/config/trace2.txt index 4ce0b9a6d1..01d3afd8a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/trace2.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/trace2.txt @@ -48,6 +48,15 @@ trace2.configParams:: May be overridden by the `GIT_TRACE2_CONFIG_PARAMS` environment variable. Unset by default. +trace2.envVars:: + A comma-separated list of "important" environment variables that should + be recorded in the trace2 output. For example, + `GIT_HTTP_USER_AGENT,GIT_CONFIG` would cause the trace2 output to + contain events listing the overrides for HTTP user agent and the + location of the Git configuration file (assuming any are set). May be + overriden by the `GIT_TRACE2_ENV_VARS` environment variable. Unset by + default. + trace2.destinationDebug:: Boolean. When true Git will print error messages when a trace target destination cannot be opened for writing. diff --git a/Documentation/config/uploadpack.txt b/Documentation/config/uploadpack.txt index ed1c835695..b0d761282c 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/uploadpack.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/uploadpack.txt @@ -57,6 +57,24 @@ uploadpack.allowFilter:: If this option is set, `upload-pack` will support partial clone and partial fetch object filtering. +uploadpackfilter.allow:: + Provides a default value for unspecified object filters (see: the + below configuration variable). + Defaults to `true`. + +uploadpackfilter.<filter>.allow:: + Explicitly allow or ban the object filter corresponding to + `<filter>`, where `<filter>` may be one of: `blob:none`, + `blob:limit`, `tree`, `sparse:oid`, or `combine`. If using + combined filters, both `combine` and all of the nested filter + kinds must be allowed. Defaults to `uploadpackfilter.allow`. + +uploadpackfilter.tree.maxDepth:: + Only allow `--filter=tree:<n>` when `<n>` is no more than the value of + `uploadpackfilter.tree.maxDepth`. If set, this also implies + `uploadpackfilter.tree.allow=true`, unless this configuration + variable had already been set. Has no effect if unset. + uploadpack.allowRefInWant:: If this option is set, `upload-pack` will support the `ref-in-want` feature of the protocol version 2 `fetch` command. This feature diff --git a/Documentation/date-formats.txt b/Documentation/date-formats.txt index 6926e0a4c8..f1097fac69 100644 --- a/Documentation/date-formats.txt +++ b/Documentation/date-formats.txt @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ RFC 2822:: ISO 8601:: Time and date specified by the ISO 8601 standard, for example `2005-04-07T22:13:13`. The parser accepts a space instead of the - `T` character as well. + `T` character as well. Fractional parts of a second will be ignored, + for example `2005-04-07T22:13:13.019` will be treated as + `2005-04-07T22:13:13`. + NOTE: In addition, the date part is accepted in the following formats: `YYYY.MM.DD`, `MM/DD/YYYY` and `DD.MM.YYYY`. diff --git a/Documentation/diff-generate-patch.txt b/Documentation/diff-generate-patch.txt index e8ed6470fb..b10ff4caa6 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-generate-patch.txt +++ b/Documentation/diff-generate-patch.txt @@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ linkgit:git-diff-tree[1], or linkgit:git-diff-files[1] with the `-p` option produces patch text. You can customize the creation of patch text via the -`GIT_EXTERNAL_DIFF` and the `GIT_DIFF_OPTS` environment variables. +`GIT_EXTERNAL_DIFF` and the `GIT_DIFF_OPTS` environment variables +(see linkgit:git[1]). What the -p option produces is slightly different from the traditional diff format: diff --git a/Documentation/diff-options.txt b/Documentation/diff-options.txt index bb31f0c42b..573fb9bb71 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/diff-options.txt @@ -73,6 +73,11 @@ ifndef::git-format-patch[] Synonym for `-p --raw`. endif::git-format-patch[] +ifdef::git-log[] +-t:: + Show the tree objects in the diff output. +endif::git-log[] + --indent-heuristic:: Enable the heuristic that shifts diff hunk boundaries to make patches easier to read. This is the default. @@ -441,10 +446,11 @@ endif::git-format-patch[] --abbrev[=<n>]:: Instead of showing the full 40-byte hexadecimal object name in diff-raw format output and diff-tree header - lines, show only a partial prefix. This is - independent of the `--full-index` option above, which controls - the diff-patch output format. Non default number of - digits can be specified with `--abbrev=<n>`. + lines, show only a partial prefix. + In diff-patch output format, `--full-index` takes higher + precedence, i.e. if `--full-index` is specified, full blob + names will be shown regardless of `--abbrev`. + Non default number of digits can be specified with `--abbrev=<n>`. -B[<n>][/<m>]:: --break-rewrites[=[<n>][/<m>]]:: @@ -643,15 +649,18 @@ ifndef::git-format-patch[] -R:: Swap two inputs; that is, show differences from index or on-disk file to tree contents. +endif::git-format-patch[] --relative[=<path>]:: +--no-relative:: When run from a subdirectory of the project, it can be told to exclude changes outside the directory and show pathnames relative to it with this option. When you are not in a subdirectory (e.g. in a bare repository), you can name which subdirectory to make the output relative to by giving a <path> as an argument. -endif::git-format-patch[] + `--no-relative` can be used to countermand both `diff.relative` config + option and previous `--relative`. -a:: --text:: diff --git a/Documentation/fetch-options.txt b/Documentation/fetch-options.txt index 00d03ec8c3..2bf77b46fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/fetch-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/fetch-options.txt @@ -64,6 +64,15 @@ documented in linkgit:git-config[1]. --dry-run:: Show what would be done, without making any changes. +ifndef::git-pull[] +--[no-]write-fetch-head:: + Write the list of remote refs fetched in the `FETCH_HEAD` + file directly under `$GIT_DIR`. This is the default. + Passing `--no-write-fetch-head` from the command line tells + Git not to write the file. Under `--dry-run` option, the + file is never written. +endif::git-pull[] + -f:: --force:: When 'git fetch' is used with `<src>:<dst>` refspec it may @@ -86,9 +95,11 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] Allow several <repository> and <group> arguments to be specified. No <refspec>s may be specified. +--[no-]auto-maintenance:: --[no-]auto-gc:: - Run `git gc --auto` at the end to perform garbage collection - if needed. This is enabled by default. + Run `git maintenance run --auto` at the end to perform automatic + repository maintenance if needed. (`--[no-]auto-gc` is a synonym.) + This is enabled by default. --[no-]write-commit-graph:: Write a commit-graph after fetching. This overrides the config @@ -163,7 +174,8 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] value. Use 'on-demand' to only recurse into a populated submodule when the superproject retrieves a commit that updates the submodule's reference to a commit that isn't already in the local submodule - clone. + clone. By default, 'on-demand' is used, unless + `fetch.recurseSubmodules` is set (see linkgit:git-config[1]). endif::git-pull[] -j:: @@ -185,7 +197,7 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] endif::git-pull[] --set-upstream:: - If the remote is fetched successfully, pull and add upstream + If the remote is fetched successfully, add upstream (tracking) reference, used by argument-less linkgit:git-pull[1] and other commands. For more information, see `branch.<name>.merge` and `branch.<name>.remote` in @@ -204,7 +216,6 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] recursion (such as settings in linkgit:gitmodules[5] and linkgit:git-config[1]) override this option, as does specifying --[no-]recurse-submodules directly. -endif::git-pull[] -u:: --update-head-ok:: @@ -214,6 +225,7 @@ endif::git-pull[] to communicate with 'git fetch', and unless you are implementing your own Porcelain you are not supposed to use it. +endif::git-pull[] --upload-pack <upload-pack>:: When given, and the repository to fetch from is handled diff --git a/Documentation/git-am.txt b/Documentation/git-am.txt index ab5754e05d..38c0852139 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-am.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-am.txt @@ -148,9 +148,12 @@ default. You can use `--no-utf8` to override this. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, and + earlier `--gpg-sign`. --continue:: -r:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-apply.txt b/Documentation/git-apply.txt index b9aa39000f..91d9a8601c 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-apply.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-apply.txt @@ -61,18 +61,18 @@ OPTIONS file and detects errors. Turns off "apply". --index:: - When `--check` is in effect, or when applying the patch - (which is the default when none of the options that - disables it is in effect), make sure the patch is - applicable to what the current index file records. If - the file to be patched in the working tree is not - up to date, it is flagged as an error. This flag also - causes the index file to be updated. + Apply the patch to both the index and the working tree (or + merely check that it would apply cleanly to both if `--check` is + in effect). Note that `--index` expects index entries and + working tree copies for relevant paths to be identical (their + contents and metadata such as file mode must match), and will + raise an error if they are not, even if the patch would apply + cleanly to both the index and the working tree in isolation. --cached:: - Apply a patch without touching the working tree. Instead take the - cached data, apply the patch, and store the result in the index - without using the working tree. This implies `--index`. + Apply the patch to just the index, without touching the working + tree. If `--check` is in effect, merely check that it would + apply cleanly to the index entry. --intent-to-add:: When applying the patch only to the working tree, mark new diff --git a/Documentation/git-archive.txt b/Documentation/git-archive.txt index cfa1e4ebe4..9f8172828d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-archive.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-archive.txt @@ -55,6 +55,12 @@ OPTIONS --output=<file>:: Write the archive to <file> instead of stdout. +--add-file=<file>:: + Add a non-tracked file to the archive. Can be repeated to add + multiple files. The path of the file in the archive is built + by concatenating the value for `--prefix` (if any) and the + basename of <file>. + --worktree-attributes:: Look for attributes in .gitattributes files in the working tree as well (see <<ATTRIBUTES>>). diff --git a/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt b/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt index 3ba49e85b7..f3d9566c89 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ Z-Z ------------- 2) starting from the "good" ends of the graph, associate to each -commit the number of ancestors it has plus one + commit the number of ancestors it has plus one For example with the following graph where H is the "bad" commit and A and D are some parents of some "good" commits: @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ D---E ------------- 4) the best bisection point is the commit with the highest associated -number + number So in the above example the best bisection point is commit C. @@ -580,8 +580,8 @@ good or a bad commit does not give more or less information). Let's also suppose that we have a cleaned up graph like one after step 1) in the bisection algorithm above. This means that we can measure -the information we get in terms of number of commit we can remove from -the graph.. + the information we get in terms of number of commit we can remove + from the graph.. And let's take a commit X in the graph. @@ -689,18 +689,18 @@ roughly the following steps: 6) sort the commit by decreasing associated value 7) if the first commit has not been skipped, we can return it and stop -here + here 8) otherwise filter out all the skipped commits in the sorted list 9) use a pseudo random number generator (PRNG) to generate a random -number between 0 and 1 + number between 0 and 1 10) multiply this random number with its square root to bias it toward -0 + 0 11) multiply the result by the number of commits in the filtered list -to get an index into this list + to get an index into this list 12) return the commit at the computed index diff --git a/Documentation/git-bisect.txt b/Documentation/git-bisect.txt index 7586c5a843..fbb39fbdf5 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-bisect.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-bisect.txt @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ DESCRIPTION The command takes various subcommands, and different options depending on the subcommand: - git bisect start [--term-{old,good}=<term> --term-{new,bad}=<term>] - [--no-checkout] [<bad> [<good>...]] [--] [<paths>...] + git bisect start [--term-{new,bad}=<term> --term-{old,good}=<term>] + [--no-checkout] [--first-parent] [<bad> [<good>...]] [--] [<paths>...] git bisect (bad|new|<term-new>) [<rev>] git bisect (good|old|<term-old>) [<rev>...] git bisect terms [--term-good | --term-bad] @@ -365,6 +365,17 @@ does not require a checked out tree. + If the repository is bare, `--no-checkout` is assumed. +--first-parent:: ++ +Follow only the first parent commit upon seeing a merge commit. ++ +In detecting regressions introduced through the merging of a branch, the merge +commit will be identified as introduction of the bug and its ancestors will be +ignored. ++ +This option is particularly useful in avoiding false positives when a merged +branch contained broken or non-buildable commits, but the merge itself was OK. + EXAMPLES -------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-branch.txt b/Documentation/git-branch.txt index 135206ff4a..ace4ad3da8 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-branch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-branch.txt @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git branch' [--color[=<when>] | --no-color] [--show-current] [-v [--abbrev=<length> | --no-abbrev]] [--column[=<options>] | --no-column] [--sort=<key>] - [(--merged | --no-merged) [<commit>]] - [--contains [<commit]] [--no-contains [<commit>]] + [--merged [<commit>]] [--no-merged [<commit>]] + [--contains [<commit>]] [--no-contains [<commit>]] [--points-at <object>] [--format=<format>] [(-r | --remotes) | (-a | --all)] [--list] [<pattern>...] @@ -252,13 +252,11 @@ start-point is either a local or remote-tracking branch. --merged [<commit>]:: Only list branches whose tips are reachable from the - specified commit (HEAD if not specified). Implies `--list`, - incompatible with `--no-merged`. + specified commit (HEAD if not specified). Implies `--list`. --no-merged [<commit>]:: Only list branches whose tips are not reachable from the - specified commit (HEAD if not specified). Implies `--list`, - incompatible with `--merged`. + specified commit (HEAD if not specified). Implies `--list`. <branchname>:: The name of the branch to create or delete. @@ -370,6 +368,8 @@ serve four related but different purposes: - `--no-merged` is used to find branches which are candidates for merging into HEAD, since those branches are not fully contained by HEAD. +include::ref-reachability-filters.txt[] + SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-check-ref-format[1], diff --git a/Documentation/git-bugreport.txt b/Documentation/git-bugreport.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..66e88c2e31 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-bugreport.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +git-bugreport(1) +================ + +NAME +---- +git-bugreport - Collect information for user to file a bug report + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +[verse] +'git bugreport' [(-o | --output-directory) <path>] [(-s | --suffix) <format>] + +DESCRIPTION +----------- +Captures information about the user's machine, Git client, and repository state, +as well as a form requesting information about the behavior the user observed, +into a single text file which the user can then share, for example to the Git +mailing list, in order to report an observed bug. + +The following information is requested from the user: + + - Reproduction steps + - Expected behavior + - Actual behavior + +The following information is captured automatically: + + - 'git version --build-options' + - uname sysname, release, version, and machine strings + - Compiler-specific info string + - A list of enabled hooks + - $SHELL + +This tool is invoked via the typical Git setup process, which means that in some +cases, it might not be able to launch - for example, if a relevant config file +is unreadable. In this kind of scenario, it may be helpful to manually gather +the kind of information listed above when manually asking for help. + +OPTIONS +------- +-o <path>:: +--output-directory <path>:: + Place the resulting bug report file in `<path>` instead of the root of + the Git repository. + +-s <format>:: +--suffix <format>:: + Specify an alternate suffix for the bugreport name, to create a file + named 'git-bugreport-<formatted suffix>'. This should take the form of a + strftime(3) format string; the current local time will be used. + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-bundle.txt b/Documentation/git-bundle.txt index d34b0964be..53804cad4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-bundle.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-bundle.txt @@ -9,7 +9,8 @@ git-bundle - Move objects and refs by archive SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git bundle' create [-q | --quiet | --progress | --all-progress] [--all-progress-implied] <file> <git-rev-list-args> +'git bundle' create [-q | --quiet | --progress | --all-progress] [--all-progress-implied] + [--version=<version>] <file> <git-rev-list-args> 'git bundle' verify [-q | --quiet] <file> 'git bundle' list-heads <file> [<refname>...] 'git bundle' unbundle <file> [<refname>...] @@ -102,6 +103,12 @@ unbundle <file>:: is activated. Unlike --all-progress this flag doesn't actually force any progress display by itself. +--version=<version>:: + Specify the bundle version. Version 2 is the older format and can only be + used with SHA-1 repositories; the newer version 3 contains capabilities that + permit extensions. The default is the oldest supported format, based on the + hash algorithm in use. + -q:: --quiet:: This flag makes the command not to report its progress diff --git a/Documentation/git-cat-file.txt b/Documentation/git-cat-file.txt index 8eca671b82..8e192d87db 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-cat-file.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-cat-file.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git cat-file' (-t [--allow-unknown-type]| -s [--allow-unknown-type]| -e | -p | <type> | --textconv | --filters ) [--path=<path>] <object> -'git cat-file' (--batch | --batch-check) [ --textconv | --filters ] [--follow-symlinks] +'git cat-file' (--batch[=<format>] | --batch-check[=<format>]) [ --textconv | --filters ] [--follow-symlinks] DESCRIPTION ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-checkout.txt b/Documentation/git-checkout.txt index c8fb995fa7..afa5c11fd3 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-checkout.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-checkout.txt @@ -198,6 +198,7 @@ Use `--no-guess` to disable this. Create the new branch's reflog; see linkgit:git-branch[1] for details. +-d:: --detach:: Rather than checking out a branch to work on it, check out a commit for inspection and discardable experiments. @@ -292,11 +293,11 @@ Note that this option uses the no overlay mode by default (see also --recurse-submodules:: --no-recurse-submodules:: - Using `--recurse-submodules` will update the content of all initialized + Using `--recurse-submodules` will update the content of all active submodules according to the commit recorded in the superproject. If local modifications in a submodule would be overwritten the checkout will fail unless `-f` is used. If nothing (or `--no-recurse-submodules`) - is used, the work trees of submodules will not be updated. + is used, submodules working trees will not be updated. Just like linkgit:git-submodule[1], this will detach `HEAD` of the submodule. diff --git a/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt b/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt index 83ce51aedf..75feeef08a 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt @@ -109,9 +109,12 @@ effect to your index in a row. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, and + earlier `--gpg-sign`. --ff:: If the current HEAD is the same as the parent of the diff --git a/Documentation/git-clone.txt b/Documentation/git-clone.txt index bf24f1813a..097e6a86c5 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-clone.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-clone.txt @@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ SYNOPSIS [--dissociate] [--separate-git-dir <git dir>] [--depth <depth>] [--[no-]single-branch] [--no-tags] [--recurse-submodules[=<pathspec>]] [--[no-]shallow-submodules] - [--[no-]remote-submodules] [--jobs <n>] [--sparse] [--] <repository> + [--[no-]remote-submodules] [--jobs <n>] [--sparse] + [--filter=<filter>] [--] <repository> [<directory>] DESCRIPTION @@ -77,9 +78,9 @@ repository using this option and then delete branches (or use any other Git command that makes any existing commit unreferenced) in the source repository, some objects may become unreferenced (or dangling). These objects may be removed by normal Git operations (such as `git commit`) -which automatically call `git gc --auto`. (See linkgit:git-gc[1].) -If these objects are removed and were referenced by the cloned repository, -then the cloned repository will become corrupt. +which automatically call `git maintenance run --auto`. (See +linkgit:git-maintenance[1].) If these objects are removed and were referenced +by the cloned repository, then the cloned repository will become corrupt. + Note that running `git repack` without the `--local` option in a repository cloned with `--shared` will copy objects from the source repository into a pack @@ -162,6 +163,16 @@ objects from the source repository into a pack in the cloned repository. of the repository. The sparse-checkout file can be modified to grow the working directory as needed. +--filter=<filter-spec>:: + Use the partial clone feature and request that the server sends + a subset of reachable objects according to a given object filter. + When using `--filter`, the supplied `<filter-spec>` is used for + the partial clone filter. For example, `--filter=blob:none` will + filter out all blobs (file contents) until needed by Git. Also, + `--filter=blob:limit=<size>` will filter out all blobs of size + at least `<size>`. For more details on filter specifications, see + the `--filter` option in linkgit:git-rev-list[1]. + --mirror:: Set up a mirror of the source repository. This implies `--bare`. Compared to `--bare`, `--mirror` not only maps local branches of the @@ -248,7 +259,7 @@ maintain a branch with no references other than a single cloned branch. This is useful e.g. to maintain minimal clones of the default branch of some repository for search indexing. ---recurse-submodules[=<pathspec]:: +--recurse-submodules[=<pathspec>]:: After the clone is created, initialize and clone submodules within based on the provided pathspec. If no pathspec is provided, all submodules are initialized and cloned. diff --git a/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt b/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt index 28d1fee505..de6b6de230 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt @@ -47,8 +47,10 @@ with `--stdin-commits` or `--reachable`.) + With the `--stdin-commits` option, generate the new commit graph by walking commits starting at the commits specified in stdin as a list -of OIDs in hex, one OID per line. (Cannot be combined with -`--stdin-packs` or `--reachable`.) +of OIDs in hex, one OID per line. OIDs that resolve to non-commits +(either directly, or by peeling tags) are silently ignored. OIDs that +are malformed, or do not exist generate an error. (Cannot be combined +with `--stdin-packs` or `--reachable`.) + With the `--reachable` option, generate the new commit graph by walking commits starting at all refs. (Cannot be combined with `--stdin-commits` @@ -57,11 +59,34 @@ or `--stdin-packs`.) With the `--append` option, include all commits that are present in the existing commit-graph file. + -With the `--split` option, write the commit-graph as a chain of multiple -commit-graph files stored in `<dir>/info/commit-graphs`. The new commits -not already in the commit-graph are added in a new "tip" file. This file -is merged with the existing file if the following merge conditions are -met: +With the `--changed-paths` option, compute and write information about the +paths changed between a commit and its first parent. This operation can +take a while on large repositories. It provides significant performance gains +for getting history of a directory or a file with `git log -- <path>`. If +this option is given, future commit-graph writes will automatically assume +that this option was intended. Use `--no-changed-paths` to stop storing this +data. ++ +With the `--max-new-filters=<n>` option, generate at most `n` new Bloom +filters (if `--changed-paths` is specified). If `n` is `-1`, no limit is +enforced. Only commits present in the new layer count against this +limit. To retroactively compute Bloom filters over earlier layers, it is +advised to use `--split=replace`. Overrides the `commitGraph.maxNewFilters` +configuration. ++ +With the `--split[=<strategy>]` option, write the commit-graph as a +chain of multiple commit-graph files stored in +`<dir>/info/commit-graphs`. Commit-graph layers are merged based on the +strategy and other splitting options. The new commits not already in the +commit-graph are added in a new "tip" file. This file is merged with the +existing file if the following merge conditions are met: ++ +* If `--split=no-merge` is specified, a merge is never performed, and +the remaining options are ignored. `--split=replace` overwrites the +existing chain with a new one. A bare `--split` defers to the remaining +options. (Note that merging a chain of commit graphs replaces the +existing chain with a length-1 chain where the first and only +incremental holds the entire graph). + * If `--size-multiple=<X>` is not specified, let `X` equal 2. If the new tip file would have `N` commits and the previous tip has `M` commits and diff --git a/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt b/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt index ec15ee8d6f..2e2c581098 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt @@ -61,13 +61,11 @@ OPTIONS -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. - ---no-gpg-sign:: - Do not GPG-sign commit, to countermand a `--gpg-sign` option - given earlier on the command line. + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand a `--gpg-sign` option given earlier on the command line. Commit Information ------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/git-commit.txt b/Documentation/git-commit.txt index 13f653989f..a3baea32ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-commit.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-commit.txt @@ -348,13 +348,12 @@ changes to tracked files. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. - ---no-gpg-sign:: - Countermand `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable that is - set to force each and every commit to be signed. + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, and + earlier `--gpg-sign`. \--:: Do not interpret any more arguments as options. diff --git a/Documentation/git-credential-store.txt b/Documentation/git-credential-store.txt index 693dd9d9d7..76b0798856 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-credential-store.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-credential-store.txt @@ -94,6 +94,10 @@ stored on its own line as a URL like: https://user:pass@example.com ------------------------------ +No other kinds of lines (e.g. empty lines or comment lines) are +allowed in the file, even though some may be silently ignored. Do +not view or edit the file with editors. + When Git needs authentication for a particular URL context, credential-store will consider that context a pattern to match against each entry in the credentials file. If the protocol, hostname, and diff --git a/Documentation/git-credential.txt b/Documentation/git-credential.txt index 6f0c7ca80f..31c81c4c02 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-credential.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-credential.txt @@ -103,17 +103,20 @@ INPUT/OUTPUT FORMAT `git credential` reads and/or writes (depending on the action used) credential information in its standard input/output. This information can correspond either to keys for which `git credential` will obtain -the login/password information (e.g. host, protocol, path), or to the -actual credential data to be obtained (login/password). +the login information (e.g. host, protocol, path), or to the actual +credential data to be obtained (username/password). The credential is split into a set of named attributes, with one -attribute per line. Each attribute is -specified by a key-value pair, separated by an `=` (equals) sign, -followed by a newline. The key may contain any bytes except `=`, -newline, or NUL. The value may contain any bytes except newline or NUL. +attribute per line. Each attribute is specified by a key-value pair, +separated by an `=` (equals) sign, followed by a newline. + +The key may contain any bytes except `=`, newline, or NUL. The value may +contain any bytes except newline or NUL. + In both cases, all bytes are treated as-is (i.e., there is no quoting, and one cannot transmit a value with newline or NUL in it). The list of attributes is terminated by a blank line or end-of-file. + Git understands the following attributes: `protocol`:: @@ -123,7 +126,8 @@ Git understands the following attributes: `host`:: - The remote hostname for a network credential. + The remote hostname for a network credential. This includes + the port number if one was specified (e.g., "example.com:8088"). `path`:: @@ -134,7 +138,7 @@ Git understands the following attributes: `username`:: The credential's username, if we already have one (e.g., from a - URL, from the user, or from a previously run helper). + URL, the configuration, the user, or from a previously run helper). `password`:: @@ -146,8 +150,12 @@ Git understands the following attributes: value is parsed as a URL and treated as if its constituent parts were read (e.g., `url=https://example.com` would behave as if `protocol=https` and `host=example.com` had been provided). This - can help callers avoid parsing URLs themselves. Note that any - components which are missing from the URL (e.g., there is no - username in the example above) will be set to empty; if you want - to provide a URL and override some attributes, provide the URL - attribute first, followed by any overrides. + can help callers avoid parsing URLs themselves. ++ +Note that specifying a protocol is mandatory and if the URL +doesn't specify a hostname (e.g., "cert:///path/to/file") the +credential will contain a hostname attribute whose value is an +empty string. ++ +Components which are missing from the URL (e.g., there is no +username in the example above) will be left unset. diff --git a/Documentation/git-diff.txt b/Documentation/git-diff.txt index 37781cf175..727f24d16e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-diff.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-diff.txt @@ -11,15 +11,17 @@ SYNOPSIS [verse] 'git diff' [<options>] [<commit>] [--] [<path>...] 'git diff' [<options>] --cached [<commit>] [--] [<path>...] -'git diff' [<options>] <commit> <commit> [--] [<path>...] +'git diff' [<options>] <commit> [<commit>...] <commit> [--] [<path>...] +'git diff' [<options>] <commit>...<commit> [--] [<path>...] 'git diff' [<options>] <blob> <blob> 'git diff' [<options>] --no-index [--] <path> <path> DESCRIPTION ----------- Show changes between the working tree and the index or a tree, changes -between the index and a tree, changes between two trees, changes between -two blob objects, or changes between two files on disk. +between the index and a tree, changes between two trees, changes resulting +from a merge, changes between two blob objects, or changes between two +files on disk. 'git diff' [<options>] [--] [<path>...]:: @@ -61,9 +63,19 @@ two blob objects, or changes between two files on disk. This is to view the changes between two arbitrary <commit>. +'git diff' [<options>] <commit> <commit>... <commit> [--] [<path>...]:: + + This form is to view the results of a merge commit. The first + listed <commit> must be the merge itself; the remaining two or + more commits should be its parents. A convenient way to produce + the desired set of revisions is to use the {caret}@ suffix. + For instance, if `master` names a merge commit, `git diff master + master^@` gives the same combined diff as `git show master`. + 'git diff' [<options>] <commit>..<commit> [--] [<path>...]:: - This is synonymous to the previous form. If <commit> on + This is synonymous to the earlier form (without the "..") for + viewing the changes between two arbitrary <commit>. If <commit> on one side is omitted, it will have the same effect as using HEAD instead. @@ -196,7 +208,8 @@ linkgit:git-difftool[1], linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:gitdiffcore[7], linkgit:git-format-patch[1], -linkgit:git-apply[1] +linkgit:git-apply[1], +linkgit:git-show[1] GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt b/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt index e8950de3ba..1978dbdc6a 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt @@ -119,6 +119,11 @@ by keeping the marks the same across runs. the shape of the history and stored tree. See the section on `ANONYMIZING` below. +--anonymize-map=<from>[:<to>]:: + Convert token `<from>` to `<to>` in the anonymized output. If + `<to>` is omitted, map `<from>` to itself (i.e., do not + anonymize it). See the section on `ANONYMIZING` below. + --reference-excluded-parents:: By default, running a command such as `git fast-export master~5..master` will not include the commit master{tilde}5 @@ -238,6 +243,30 @@ collapse "User 0", "User 1", etc into "User X"). This produces a much smaller output, and it is usually easy to quickly confirm that there is no private data in the stream. +Reproducing some bugs may require referencing particular commits or +paths, which becomes challenging after refnames and paths have been +anonymized. You can ask for a particular token to be left as-is or +mapped to a new value. For example, if you have a bug which reproduces +with `git rev-list sensitive -- secret.c`, you can run: + +--------------------------------------------------- +$ git fast-export --anonymize --all \ + --anonymize-map=sensitive:foo \ + --anonymize-map=secret.c:bar.c \ + >stream +--------------------------------------------------- + +After importing the stream, you can then run `git rev-list foo -- bar.c` +in the anonymized repository. + +Note that paths and refnames are split into tokens at slash boundaries. +The command above would anonymize `subdir/secret.c` as something like +`path123/bar.c`; you could then search for `bar.c` in the anonymized +repository to determine the final pathname. + +To make referencing the final pathname simpler, you can map each path +component; so if you also anonymize `subdir` to `publicdir`, then the +final pathname would be `publicdir/bar.c`. LIMITATIONS ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt b/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt index 77c6b3d001..39cfa05b28 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt @@ -293,7 +293,14 @@ by users who are located in the same location and time zone. In this case a reasonable offset from UTC could be assumed. + Unlike the `rfc2822` format, this format is very strict. Any -variation in formatting will cause fast-import to reject the value. +variation in formatting will cause fast-import to reject the value, +and some sanity checks on the numeric values may also be performed. + +`raw-permissive`:: + This is the same as `raw` except that no sanity checks on + the numeric epoch and local offset are performed. This can + be useful when trying to filter or import an existing history + with e.g. bogus timezone values. `rfc2822`:: This is the standard email format as described by RFC 2822. @@ -807,7 +814,7 @@ may have uses for this information 'original-oid' SP <object-identifier> LF .... -where `<object-identifer>` is any string not containing LF. +where `<object-identifier>` is any string not containing LF. `tag` ~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/git-fetch.txt b/Documentation/git-fetch.txt index 5b1909fdf4..9067c2079e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fetch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fetch.txt @@ -48,6 +48,10 @@ include::fetch-options.txt[] include::pull-fetch-param.txt[] +--stdin:: + Read refspecs, one per line, from stdin in addition to those provided + as arguments. The "tag <name>" format is not supported. + include::urls-remotes.txt[] @@ -255,14 +259,14 @@ refspec. * Using refspecs explicitly: + ------------------------------------------------ -$ git fetch origin +pu:pu maint:tmp +$ git fetch origin +seen:seen maint:tmp ------------------------------------------------ + -This updates (or creates, as necessary) branches `pu` and `tmp` in +This updates (or creates, as necessary) branches `seen` and `tmp` in the local repository by fetching from the branches (respectively) -`pu` and `maint` from the remote repository. +`seen` and `maint` from the remote repository. + -The `pu` branch will be updated even if it does not fast-forward, +The `seen` branch will be updated even if it does not fast-forward, because it is prefixed with a plus sign; `tmp` will not be. * Peek at a remote's branch, without configuring the remote in your local diff --git a/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt b/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt index 6dcd39f6f6..2962f85a50 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git for-each-ref' [--count=<count>] [--shell|--perl|--python|--tcl] [(--sort=<key>)...] [--format=<format>] [<pattern>...] [--points-at=<object>] - (--merged[=<object>] | --no-merged[=<object>]) + [--merged[=<object>]] [--no-merged[=<object>]] [--contains[=<object>]] [--no-contains[=<object>]] DESCRIPTION @@ -76,13 +76,11 @@ OPTIONS --merged[=<object>]:: Only list refs whose tips are reachable from the - specified commit (HEAD if not specified), - incompatible with `--no-merged`. + specified commit (HEAD if not specified). --no-merged[=<object>]:: Only list refs whose tips are not reachable from the - specified commit (HEAD if not specified), - incompatible with `--merged`. + specified commit (HEAD if not specified). --contains[=<object>]:: Only list refs which contain the specified commit (HEAD if not @@ -222,6 +220,8 @@ worktreepath:: In addition to the above, for commit and tag objects, the header field names (`tree`, `parent`, `object`, `type`, and `tag`) can be used to specify the value in the header field. +Fields `tree` and `parent` can also be used with modifier `:short` and +`:short=<length>` just like `objectname`. For commit and tag objects, the special `creatordate` and `creator` fields will correspond to the appropriate date or name-email-date tuple @@ -230,14 +230,35 @@ These are intended for working on a mix of annotated and lightweight tags. Fields that have name-email-date tuple as its value (`author`, `committer`, and `tagger`) can be suffixed with `name`, `email`, -and `date` to extract the named component. - -The complete message in a commit and tag object is `contents`. -Its first line is `contents:subject`, where subject is the concatenation -of all lines of the commit message up to the first blank line. The next -line is `contents:body`, where body is all of the lines after the first -blank line. The optional GPG signature is `contents:signature`. The -first `N` lines of the message is obtained using `contents:lines=N`. +and `date` to extract the named component. For email fields (`authoremail`, +`committeremail` and `taggeremail`), `:trim` can be appended to get the email +without angle brackets, and `:localpart` to get the part before the `@` symbol +out of the trimmed email. + +The message in a commit or a tag object is `contents`, from which +`contents:<part>` can be used to extract various parts out of: + +contents:size:: + The size in bytes of the commit or tag message. + +contents:subject:: + The first paragraph of the message, which typically is a + single line, is taken as the "subject" of the commit or the + tag message. + Instead of `contents:subject`, field `subject` can also be used to + obtain same results. `:sanitize` can be appended to `subject` for + subject line suitable for filename. + +contents:body:: + The remainder of the commit or the tag message that follows + the "subject". + +contents:signature:: + The optional GPG signature of the tag. + +contents:lines=N:: + The first `N` lines of the message. + Additionally, the trailers as interpreted by linkgit:git-interpret-trailers[1] are obtained as `trailers` (or by using the historical alias `contents:trailers`). Non-trailer lines from the trailer block can be omitted @@ -385,6 +406,11 @@ Note also that multiple copies of an object may be present in the object database; in this case, it is undefined which copy's size or delta base will be reported. +NOTES +----- + +include::ref-reachability-filters.txt[] + SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-show-ref[1] diff --git a/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt b/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt index 0d4f8951bb..0f81d0437b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [(--reroll-count|-v) <n>] [--to=<email>] [--cc=<email>] [--[no-]cover-letter] [--quiet] + [--[no-]encode-email-headers] [--no-notes | --notes[=<ref>]] [--interdiff=<previous>] [--range-diff=<previous> [--creation-factor=<percent>]] @@ -253,6 +254,13 @@ feeding the result to `git send-email`. containing the branch description, shortlog and the overall diffstat. You can fill in a description in the file before sending it out. +--encode-email-headers:: +--no-encode-email-headers:: + Encode email headers that have non-ASCII characters with + "Q-encoding" (described in RFC 2047), instead of outputting the + headers verbatim. Defaults to the value of the + `format.encodeEmailHeaders` configuration variable. + --interdiff=<previous>:: As a reviewer aid, insert an interdiff into the cover letter, or as commentary of the lone patch of a 1-patch series, showing diff --git a/Documentation/git-grep.txt b/Documentation/git-grep.txt index ddb6acc025..6077ff01a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-grep.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-grep.txt @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ OPTIONS with `--no-index`. --recurse-submodules:: - Recursively search in each submodule that has been initialized and + Recursively search in each submodule that is active and checked out in the repository. When used in combination with the <tree> option the prefix of all submodule output will be the name of the parent project's <tree> object. This option has no effect @@ -206,8 +206,10 @@ providing this option will cause it to die. -z:: --null:: - Output \0 instead of the character that normally follows a - file name. + Use \0 as the delimiter for pathnames in the output, and print + them verbatim. Without this option, pathnames with "unusual" + characters are quoted as explained for the configuration + variable core.quotePath (see linkgit:git-config[1]). -o:: --only-matching:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-help.txt b/Documentation/git-help.txt index f71db0daa2..44fe8860b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-help.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-help.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ git-help - Display help information about Git SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git help' [-a|--all [--[no-]verbose]] [-g|--guide] +'git help' [-a|--all [--[no-]verbose]] [-g|--guides] [-i|--info|-m|--man|-w|--web] [COMMAND|GUIDE] DESCRIPTION @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ on the standard output. If the option `--all` or `-a` is given, all available commands are printed on the standard output. -If the option `--guide` or `-g` is given, a list of the useful -Git guides is also printed on the standard output. +If the option `--guides` or `-g` is given, a list of the +Git concept guides is also printed on the standard output. If a command, or a guide, is given, a manual page for that command or guide is brought up. The 'man' program is used by default for this @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ OPTIONS -g:: --guides:: - Prints a list of useful guides on the standard output. This + Prints a list of the Git concept guides on the standard output. This option overrides any given command or guide name. -i:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-http-fetch.txt b/Documentation/git-http-fetch.txt index 666b042679..4deb4893f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-http-fetch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-http-fetch.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ git-http-fetch - Download from a remote Git repository via HTTP SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git http-fetch' [-c] [-t] [-a] [-d] [-v] [-w filename] [--recover] [--stdin] <commit> <url> +'git http-fetch' [-c] [-t] [-a] [-d] [-v] [-w filename] [--recover] [--stdin | --packfile=<hash> | <commit>] <url> DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -40,6 +40,13 @@ commit-id:: <commit-id>['\t'<filename-as-in--w>] +--packfile=<hash>:: + Instead of a commit id on the command line (which is not expected in + this case), 'git http-fetch' fetches the packfile directly at the given + URL and uses index-pack to generate corresponding .idx and .keep files. + The hash is used to determine the name of the temporary file and is + arbitrary. The output of index-pack is printed to stdout. + --recover:: Verify that everything reachable from target is fetched. Used after an earlier fetch is interrupted. diff --git a/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt b/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt index 65b53fcc47..63cf498ce9 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt @@ -51,17 +51,13 @@ OPTIONS CONFIGURATION ------------- -To use the tool, imap.folder and either imap.tunnel or imap.host must be set +To use the tool, `imap.folder` and either `imap.tunnel` or `imap.host` must be set to appropriate values. -Variables -~~~~~~~~~ - include::config/imap.txt[] -Examples -~~~~~~~~ - +EXAMPLES +-------- Using tunnel mode: .......................... @@ -89,14 +85,18 @@ Using direct mode with SSL: user = bob pass = p4ssw0rd port = 123 - sslverify = false + ; sslVerify = false ......................... -EXAMPLES --------- -To submit patches using GMail's IMAP interface, first, edit your ~/.gitconfig -to specify your account settings: +[NOTE] +You may want to use `sslVerify=false` +while troubleshooting, if you suspect that the reason you are +having trouble connecting is because the certificate you use at +the private server `example.com` you are trying to set up (or +have set up) may not be verified correctly. + +Using Gmail's IMAP interface: --------- [imap] @@ -104,17 +104,21 @@ to specify your account settings: host = imaps://imap.gmail.com user = user@gmail.com port = 993 - sslverify = false --------- -You might need to instead use: folder = "[Google Mail]/Drafts" if you get an error +[NOTE] +You might need to instead use: `folder = "[Google Mail]/Drafts"` if you get an error that the "Folder doesn't exist". +[NOTE] +If your Gmail account is set to another language than English, the name of the "Drafts" +folder will be localized. + Once the commits are ready to be sent, run the following command: $ git format-patch --cover-letter -M --stdout origin/master | git imap-send -Just make sure to disable line wrapping in the email client (GMail's web +Just make sure to disable line wrapping in the email client (Gmail's web interface will wrap lines no matter what, so you need to use a real IMAP client). diff --git a/Documentation/git-index-pack.txt b/Documentation/git-index-pack.txt index d5b7560bfe..af0c26232c 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-index-pack.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-index-pack.txt @@ -93,11 +93,21 @@ OPTIONS --max-input-size=<size>:: Die, if the pack is larger than <size>. +--object-format=<hash-algorithm>:: + Specify the given object format (hash algorithm) for the pack. The valid + values are 'sha1' and (if enabled) 'sha256'. The default is the algorithm for + the current repository (set by `extensions.objectFormat`), or 'sha1' if no + value is set or outside a repository. ++ +This option cannot be used with --stdin. ++ +include::object-format-disclaimer.txt[] + NOTES ----- -Once the index has been created, the list of object names is sorted -and the SHA-1 hash of that list is printed to stdout. If --stdin was +Once the index has been created, the hash that goes into the name of +the pack/idx file is printed to stdout. If --stdin was also used then this is prefixed by either "pack\t", or "keep\t" if a new .keep file was successfully created. This is useful to remove a .keep file used as a lock to prevent the race with 'git repack' diff --git a/Documentation/git-init.txt b/Documentation/git-init.txt index adc6adfd38..59ecda6c17 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-init.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-init.txt @@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git init' [-q | --quiet] [--bare] [--template=<template_directory>] - [--separate-git-dir <git dir>] [--object-format=<format] + [--separate-git-dir <git dir>] [--object-format=<format>] + [-b <branch-name> | --initial-branch=<branch-name>] [--shared[=<permissions>]] [directory] @@ -52,6 +53,8 @@ current working directory. Specify the given object format (hash algorithm) for the repository. The valid values are 'sha1' and (if enabled) 'sha256'. 'sha1' is the default. ++ +include::object-format-disclaimer.txt[] --template=<template_directory>:: @@ -67,6 +70,12 @@ repository. + If this is reinitialization, the repository will be moved to the specified path. +-b <branch-name>:: +--initial-branch=<branch-name>:: + +Use the specified name for the initial branch in the newly created repository. +If not specified, fall back to the default name: `master`. + --shared[=(false|true|umask|group|all|world|everybody|0xxx)]:: Specify that the Git repository is to be shared amongst several users. This diff --git a/Documentation/git-log.txt b/Documentation/git-log.txt index bed09bb09e..2b8ac5ff88 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-log.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-log.txt @@ -15,9 +15,12 @@ DESCRIPTION ----------- Shows the commit logs. -The command takes options applicable to the `git rev-list` +:git-log: 1 +include::rev-list-description.txt[] + +The command takes options applicable to the linkgit:git-rev-list[1] command to control what is shown and how, and options applicable to -the `git diff-*` commands to control how the changes +the linkgit:git-diff[1] command to control how the changes each commit introduces are shown. @@ -43,12 +46,16 @@ OPTIONS If no `--decorate-refs` is given, pretend as if all refs were included. For each candidate, do not use it for decoration if it matches any patterns given to `--decorate-refs-exclude` or if it - doesn't match any of the patterns given to `--decorate-refs`. + doesn't match any of the patterns given to `--decorate-refs`. The + `log.excludeDecoration` config option allows excluding refs from + the decorations, but an explicit `--decorate-refs` pattern will + override a match in `log.excludeDecoration`. --source:: Print out the ref name given on the command line by which each commit was reached. +--[no-]mailmap:: --[no-]use-mailmap:: Use mailmap file to map author and committer names and email addresses to canonical real names and email addresses. See @@ -107,8 +114,51 @@ include::rev-list-options.txt[] include::pretty-formats.txt[] -COMMON DIFF OPTIONS -------------------- +DIFF FORMATTING +--------------- + +By default, `git log` does not generate any diff output. The options +below can be used to show the changes made by each commit. + +Note that unless one of `-c`, `--cc`, or `-m` is given, merge commits +will never show a diff, even if a diff format like `--patch` is +selected, nor will they match search options like `-S`. The exception is +when `--first-parent` is in use, in which merges are treated like normal +single-parent commits (this can be overridden by providing a +combined-diff option or with `--no-diff-merges`). + +-c:: + With this option, diff output for a merge commit + shows the differences from each of the parents to the merge result + simultaneously instead of showing pairwise diff between a parent + and the result one at a time. Furthermore, it lists only files + which were modified from all parents. + +--cc:: + This flag implies the `-c` option and further compresses the + patch output by omitting uninteresting hunks whose contents in + the parents have only two variants and the merge result picks + one of them without modification. + +--combined-all-paths:: + This flag causes combined diffs (used for merge commits) to + list the name of the file from all parents. It thus only has + effect when -c or --cc are specified, and is likely only + useful if filename changes are detected (i.e. when either + rename or copy detection have been requested). + +-m:: + This flag makes the merge commits show the full diff like + regular commits; for each merge parent, a separate log entry + and diff is generated. An exception is that only diff against + the first parent is shown when `--first-parent` option is given; + in that case, the output represents the changes the merge + brought _into_ the then-current branch. + +--diff-merges=off:: +--no-diff-merges:: + Disable output of diffs for merge commits (default). Useful to + override `-m`, `-c`, or `--cc`. :git-log: 1 include::diff-options.txt[] diff --git a/Documentation/git-ls-files.txt b/Documentation/git-ls-files.txt index 8461c0e83e..3cb2ebb438 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-ls-files.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-ls-files.txt @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ a space) at the start of each line: top directory. --recurse-submodules:: - Recursively calls ls-files on each submodule in the repository. + Recursively calls ls-files on each active submodule in the repository. Currently there is only support for the --cached mode. --abbrev[=<n>]:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-ls-remote.txt b/Documentation/git-ls-remote.txt index 0a5c8b7d49..492e573856 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-ls-remote.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-ls-remote.txt @@ -101,9 +101,9 @@ f25a265a342aed6041ab0cc484224d9ca54b6f41 refs/tags/v0.99.1 7ceca275d047c90c0c7d5afb13ab97efdf51bd6e refs/tags/v0.99.3 c5db5456ae3b0873fc659c19fafdde22313cc441 refs/tags/v0.99.2 0918385dbd9656cab0d1d81ba7453d49bbc16250 refs/tags/junio-gpg-pub -$ git ls-remote http://www.kernel.org/pub/scm/git/git.git master pu rc +$ git ls-remote http://www.kernel.org/pub/scm/git/git.git master seen rc 5fe978a5381f1fbad26a80e682ddd2a401966740 refs/heads/master -c781a84b5204fb294c9ccc79f8b3baceeb32c061 refs/heads/pu +c781a84b5204fb294c9ccc79f8b3baceeb32c061 refs/heads/seen $ git remote add korg http://www.kernel.org/pub/scm/git/git.git $ git ls-remote --tags korg v\* d6602ec5194c87b0fc87103ca4d67251c76f233a refs/tags/v0.99 diff --git a/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt b/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt index 3bbc731f67..7a6aed0e30 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt @@ -72,10 +72,9 @@ conversion, even with this flag. is useful in order to associate commits with mailing list discussions. --scissors:: - Remove everything in body before a scissors line. A line that - mainly consists of scissors (either ">8" or "8<") and perforation - (dash "-") marks is called a scissors line, and is used to request - the reader to cut the message at that line. If such a line + Remove everything in body before a scissors line (e.g. "-- >8 --"). + The line represents scissors and perforation marks, and is used to + request the reader to cut the message at that line. If that line appears in the body of the message before the patch, everything before it (including the scissors line itself) is ignored when this option is used. diff --git a/Documentation/git-maintenance.txt b/Documentation/git-maintenance.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6abcb8255a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-maintenance.txt @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +git-maintenance(1) +================== + +NAME +---- +git-maintenance - Run tasks to optimize Git repository data + + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +[verse] +'git maintenance' run [<options>] + + +DESCRIPTION +----------- +Run tasks to optimize Git repository data, speeding up other Git commands +and reducing storage requirements for the repository. + +Git commands that add repository data, such as `git add` or `git fetch`, +are optimized for a responsive user experience. These commands do not take +time to optimize the Git data, since such optimizations scale with the full +size of the repository while these user commands each perform a relatively +small action. + +The `git maintenance` command provides flexibility for how to optimize the +Git repository. + +SUBCOMMANDS +----------- + +run:: + Run one or more maintenance tasks. If one or more `--task` options + are specified, then those tasks are run in that order. Otherwise, + the tasks are determined by which `maintenance.<task>.enabled` + config options are true. By default, only `maintenance.gc.enabled` + is true. + +TASKS +----- + +commit-graph:: + The `commit-graph` job updates the `commit-graph` files incrementally, + then verifies that the written data is correct. The incremental + write is safe to run alongside concurrent Git processes since it + will not expire `.graph` files that were in the previous + `commit-graph-chain` file. They will be deleted by a later run based + on the expiration delay. + +gc:: + Clean up unnecessary files and optimize the local repository. "GC" + stands for "garbage collection," but this task performs many + smaller tasks. This task can be expensive for large repositories, + as it repacks all Git objects into a single pack-file. It can also + be disruptive in some situations, as it deletes stale data. See + linkgit:git-gc[1] for more details on garbage collection in Git. + +OPTIONS +------- +--auto:: + When combined with the `run` subcommand, run maintenance tasks + only if certain thresholds are met. For example, the `gc` task + runs when the number of loose objects exceeds the number stored + in the `gc.auto` config setting, or when the number of pack-files + exceeds the `gc.autoPackLimit` config setting. + +--quiet:: + Do not report progress or other information over `stderr`. + +--task=<task>:: + If this option is specified one or more times, then only run the + specified tasks in the specified order. If no `--task=<task>` + arguments are specified, then only the tasks with + `maintenance.<task>.enabled` configured as `true` are considered. + See the 'TASKS' section for the list of accepted `<task>` values. + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-merge.txt b/Documentation/git-merge.txt index 092529c619..3819fadac1 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-merge.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-merge.txt @@ -94,7 +94,8 @@ will be appended to the specified message. --abort:: Abort the current conflict resolution process, and - try to reconstruct the pre-merge state. + try to reconstruct the pre-merge state. If an autostash entry is + present, apply it to the worktree. + If there were uncommitted worktree changes present when the merge started, 'git merge --abort' will in some cases be unable to @@ -102,11 +103,15 @@ reconstruct these changes. It is therefore recommended to always commit or stash your changes before running 'git merge'. + 'git merge --abort' is equivalent to 'git reset --merge' when -`MERGE_HEAD` is present. +`MERGE_HEAD` is present unless `MERGE_AUTOSTASH` is also present in +which case 'git merge --abort' applies the stash entry to the worktree +whereas 'git reset --merge' will save the stashed changes in the stash +list. --quit:: Forget about the current merge in progress. Leave the index - and the working tree as-is. + and the working tree as-is. If `MERGE_AUTOSTASH` is present, the + stash entry will be saved to the stash list. --continue:: After a 'git merge' stops due to conflicts you can conclude the diff --git a/Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.txt b/Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.txt index 642d9ac5b7..eb0caa0439 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.txt @@ -51,11 +51,15 @@ repack:: multi-pack-index, then divide by the total number of objects in the pack and multiply by the pack size. We select packs with expected size below the batch size until the set of packs have - total expected size at least the batch size. If the total size - does not reach the batch size, then do nothing. If a new pack- - file is created, rewrite the multi-pack-index to reference the - new pack-file. A later run of 'git multi-pack-index expire' will - delete the pack-files that were part of this batch. + total expected size at least the batch size, or all pack-files + are considered. If only one pack-file is selected, then do + nothing. If a new pack-file is created, rewrite the + multi-pack-index to reference the new pack-file. A later run of + 'git multi-pack-index expire' will delete the pack-files that + were part of this batch. ++ +If `repack.packKeptObjects` is `false`, then any pack-files with an +associated `.keep` file will not be selected for the batch to repack. EXAMPLES diff --git a/Documentation/git-notes.txt b/Documentation/git-notes.txt index ced2e8280e..0a4200674c 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-notes.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-notes.txt @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ are taken from notes refs. A notes ref is usually a branch which contains "files" whose paths are the object names for the objects they describe, with some directory separators included for performance reasons footnote:[Permitted pathnames have the form -'ab'`/`'cd'`/`'ef'`/`'...'`/`'abcdef...': a sequence of directory +'bf'`/`'fe'`/`'30'`/`'...'`/`'680d5a...': a sequence of directory names of two hexadecimal digits each followed by a filename with the rest of the object ID.]. diff --git a/Documentation/git-p4.txt b/Documentation/git-p4.txt index 3494a1db3e..dab9609013 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-p4.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-p4.txt @@ -374,14 +374,55 @@ These options can be used to modify 'git p4 submit' behavior. been submitted. Implies --disable-rebase. Can also be set with git-p4.disableP4Sync. Sync with origin/master still goes ahead if possible. -Hook for submit -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Hooks for submit +---------------- + +p4-pre-submit +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + The `p4-pre-submit` hook is executed if it exists and is executable. The hook takes no parameters and nothing from standard input. Exiting with non-zero status from this script prevents `git-p4 submit` from launching. +It can be bypassed with the `--no-verify` command line option. One usage scenario is to run unit tests in the hook. +p4-prepare-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The `p4-prepare-changelist` hook is executed right after preparing +the default changelist message and before the editor is started. +It takes one parameter, the name of the file that contains the +changelist text. Exiting with a non-zero status from the script +will abort the process. + +The purpose of the hook is to edit the message file in place, +and it is not supressed by the `--no-verify` option. This hook +is called even if `--prepare-p4-only` is set. + +p4-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The `p4-changelist` hook is executed after the changelist +message has been edited by the user. It can be bypassed with the +`--no-verify` option. It takes a single parameter, the name +of the file that holds the proposed changelist text. Exiting +with a non-zero status causes the command to abort. + +The hook is allowed to edit the changelist file and can be used +to normalize the text into some project standard format. It can +also be used to refuse the Submit after inspect the message file. + +p4-post-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The `p4-post-changelist` hook is invoked after the submit has +successfully occured in P4. It takes no parameters and is meant +primarily for notification and cannot affect the outcome of the +git p4 submit action. + + + Rebase options ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ These options can be used to modify 'git p4 rebase' behavior. diff --git a/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt b/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt index eaa2f2a404..54d715ead1 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt @@ -270,15 +270,18 @@ So does `git bundle` (see linkgit:git-bundle[1]) when it creates a bundle. This option specifies how missing objects are handled. + The form '--missing=error' requests that pack-objects stop with an error if -a missing object is encountered. This is the default action. +a missing object is encountered. If the repository is a partial clone, an +attempt to fetch missing objects will be made before declaring them missing. +This is the default action. + The form '--missing=allow-any' will allow object traversal to continue -if a missing object is encountered. Missing objects will silently be -omitted from the results. +if a missing object is encountered. No fetch of a missing object will occur. +Missing objects will silently be omitted from the results. + The form '--missing=allow-promisor' is like 'allow-any', but will only allow object traversal to continue for EXPECTED promisor missing objects. -Unexpected missing object will raise an error. +No fetch of a missing object will occur. An unexpected missing object will +raise an error. --exclude-promisor-objects:: Omit objects that are known to be in the promisor remote. (This diff --git a/Documentation/git-pull.txt b/Documentation/git-pull.txt index dfb901f8b8..5c3fb67c01 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-pull.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-pull.txt @@ -85,8 +85,9 @@ OPTIONS Pass --verbose to git-fetch and git-merge. --[no-]recurse-submodules[=yes|on-demand|no]:: - This option controls if new commits of all populated submodules should - be fetched and updated, too (see linkgit:git-config[1] and + This option controls if new commits of populated submodules should + be fetched, and if the working trees of active submodules should be + updated, too (see linkgit:git-fetch[1], linkgit:git-config[1] and linkgit:gitmodules[5]). + If the checkout is done via rebase, local submodule commits are rebased as well. @@ -133,15 +134,6 @@ unless you have read linkgit:git-rebase[1] carefully. --no-rebase:: Override earlier --rebase. ---autostash:: ---no-autostash:: - Before starting rebase, stash local modifications away (see - linkgit:git-stash[1]) if needed, and apply the stash entry when - done. `--no-autostash` is useful to override the `rebase.autoStash` - configuration variable (see linkgit:git-config[1]). -+ -This option is only valid when "--rebase" is used. - Options related to fetching ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -229,9 +221,9 @@ branch.<name>.merge options; see linkgit:git-config[1] for details. $ git pull origin next ------------------------------------------------ + -This leaves a copy of `next` temporarily in FETCH_HEAD, but -does not update any remote-tracking branches. Using remote-tracking -branches, the same can be done by invoking fetch and merge: +This leaves a copy of `next` temporarily in FETCH_HEAD, and +updates the remote-tracking branch `origin/next`. +The same can be done by invoking fetch and merge: + ------------------------------------------------ $ git fetch origin diff --git a/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt b/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt index da33f84f33..5fa8bab64c 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt @@ -116,9 +116,9 @@ OPTIONS located in. --[no-]recurse-submodules:: - Using --recurse-submodules will update the content of all initialized + Using --recurse-submodules will update the content of all active submodules according to the commit recorded in the superproject by - calling read-tree recursively, also setting the submodules HEAD to be + calling read-tree recursively, also setting the submodules' HEAD to be detached at that commit. --no-sparse-checkout:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-rebase.txt b/Documentation/git-rebase.txt index 1ee3bb4fac..38e15488f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rebase.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rebase.txt @@ -204,6 +204,7 @@ CONFIGURATION ------------- include::config/rebase.txt[] +include::config/sequencer.txt[] OPTIONS ------- @@ -256,9 +257,10 @@ See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. --quit:: Abort the rebase operation but HEAD is not reset back to the original branch. The index and working tree are also left - unchanged as a result. + unchanged as a result. If a temporary stash entry was created + using --autostash, it will be saved to the stash list. ---apply: +--apply:: Use applying strategies to rebase (calling `git-am` internally). This option may become a no-op in the future once the merge backend handles everything the apply one does. @@ -277,20 +279,51 @@ See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. Other options, like --exec, will use the default of drop unless -i/--interactive is explicitly specified. + -Note that commits which start empty are kept, and commits which are -clean cherry-picks (as determined by `git log --cherry-mark ...`) are -always dropped. +Note that commits which start empty are kept (unless --no-keep-empty +is specified), and commits which are clean cherry-picks (as determined +by `git log --cherry-mark ...`) are detected and dropped as a +preliminary step (unless --reapply-cherry-picks is passed). + See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. +--no-keep-empty:: --keep-empty:: - No-op. Rebasing commits that started empty (had no change - relative to their parent) used to fail and this option would - override that behavior, allowing commits with empty changes to - be rebased. Now commits with no changes do not cause rebasing - to halt. + Do not keep commits that start empty before the rebase + (i.e. that do not change anything from its parent) in the + result. The default is to keep commits which start empty, + since creating such commits requires passing the --allow-empty + override flag to `git commit`, signifying that a user is very + intentionally creating such a commit and thus wants to keep + it. + -See also BEHAVIORAL DIFFERENCES and INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. +Usage of this flag will probably be rare, since you can get rid of +commits that start empty by just firing up an interactive rebase and +removing the lines corresponding to the commits you don't want. This +flag exists as a convenient shortcut, such as for cases where external +tools generate many empty commits and you want them all removed. ++ +For commits which do not start empty but become empty after rebasing, +see the --empty flag. ++ +See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. + +--reapply-cherry-picks:: +--no-reapply-cherry-picks:: + Reapply all clean cherry-picks of any upstream commit instead + of preemptively dropping them. (If these commits then become + empty after rebasing, because they contain a subset of already + upstream changes, the behavior towards them is controlled by + the `--empty` flag.) ++ +By default (or if `--no-reapply-cherry-picks` is given), these commits +will be automatically dropped. Because this necessitates reading all +upstream commits, this can be expensive in repos with a large number +of upstream commits that need to be read. ++ +`--reapply-cherry-picks` allows rebase to forgo reading all upstream +commits, potentially improving performance. ++ +See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. --allow-empty-message:: No-op. Rebasing commits with an empty message used to fail @@ -354,9 +387,12 @@ See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, and + earlier `--gpg-sign`. -q:: --quiet:: @@ -414,12 +450,14 @@ When --fork-point is active, 'fork_point' will be used instead of <branch>` command (see linkgit:git-merge-base[1]). If 'fork_point' ends up being empty, the <upstream> will be used as a fallback. + -If either <upstream> or --root is given on the command line, then the -default is `--no-fork-point`, otherwise the default is `--fork-point`. +If <upstream> is given on the command line, then the default is +`--no-fork-point`, otherwise the default is `--fork-point`. + If your branch was based on <upstream> but <upstream> was rewound and your branch contains commits which were dropped, this option can be used with `--keep-base` in order to drop those commits from your branch. ++ +See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. --ignore-whitespace:: Ignore whitespace differences when trying to reconcile @@ -605,8 +643,9 @@ are incompatible with the following options: * --preserve-merges * --interactive * --exec - * --keep-empty + * --no-keep-empty * --empty= + * --reapply-cherry-picks * --edit-todo * --root when used in combination with --onto @@ -621,12 +660,13 @@ In addition, the following pairs of options are incompatible: * --preserve-merges and --ignore-date * --keep-base and --onto * --keep-base and --root + * --fork-point and --root BEHAVIORAL DIFFERENCES ----------------------- git rebase has two primary backends: apply and merge. (The apply -backend used to known as the 'am' backend, but the name led to +backend used to be known as the 'am' backend, but the name led to confusion as it looks like a verb instead of a noun. Also, the merge backend used to be known as the interactive backend, but it is now used for non-interactive cases as well. Both were renamed based on @@ -641,12 +681,15 @@ commits that started empty, though these are rare in practice. It also drops commits that become empty and has no option for controlling this behavior. -The merge backend keeps intentionally empty commits. Similar to the -apply backend, by default the merge backend drops commits that become -empty unless -i/--interactive is specified (in which case it stops and -asks the user what to do). The merge backend also has an ---empty={drop,keep,ask} option for changing the behavior of handling -commits that become empty. +The merge backend keeps intentionally empty commits by default (though +with -i they are marked as empty in the todo list editor, or they can +be dropped automatically with --no-keep-empty). + +Similar to the apply backend, by default the merge backend drops +commits that become empty unless -i/--interactive is specified (in +which case it stops and asks the user what to do). The merge backend +also has an --empty={drop,keep,ask} option for changing the behavior +of handling commits that become empty. Directory rename detection ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -705,9 +748,17 @@ Hooks ~~~~~ The apply backend has not traditionally called the post-commit hook, -while the merge backend has. However, this was by accident of -implementation rather than by design. Both backends should have the -same behavior, though it is not clear which one is correct. +while the merge backend has. Both have called the post-checkout hook, +though the merge backend has squelched its output. Further, both +backends only call the post-checkout hook with the starting point +commit of the rebase, not the intermediate commits nor the final +commit. In each case, the calling of these hooks was by accident of +implementation rather than by design (both backends were originally +implemented as shell scripts and happened to invoke other commands +like 'git checkout' or 'git commit' that would call the hooks). Both +backends should have the same behavior, though it is not entirely +clear which, if any, is correct. We will likely make rebase stop +calling either of these hooks in the future. Interruptability ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -1023,7 +1074,8 @@ Only works if the changes (patch IDs based on the diff contents) on 'subsystem' did. In that case, the fix is easy because 'git rebase' knows to skip -changes that are already present in the new upstream. So if you say +changes that are already present in the new upstream (unless +`--reapply-cherry-picks` is given). So if you say (assuming you're on 'topic') ------------ $ git rebase subsystem diff --git a/Documentation/git-remote.txt b/Documentation/git-remote.txt index 9659abbf8e..ea73386c81 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-remote.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-remote.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git remote' [-v | --verbose] -'git remote add' [-t <branch>] [-m <master>] [-f] [--[no-]tags] [--mirror=<fetch|push>] <name> <url> +'git remote add' [-t <branch>] [-m <master>] [-f] [--[no-]tags] [--mirror=(fetch|push)] <name> <url> 'git remote rename' <old> <new> 'git remote remove' <name> 'git remote set-head' <name> (-a | --auto | -d | --delete | <branch>) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ OPTIONS -v:: --verbose:: Be a little more verbose and show remote url after name. - NOTE: This must be placed between `remote` and `subcommand`. + NOTE: This must be placed between `remote` and subcommand. COMMANDS @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ subcommands are available to perform operations on the remotes. 'add':: -Adds a remote named <name> for the repository at +Add a remote named <name> for the repository at <url>. The command `git fetch <name>` can then be used to create and update remote-tracking branches <name>/<branch>. + @@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ With `-d` or `--delete`, the symbolic ref `refs/remotes/<name>/HEAD` is deleted. + With `-a` or `--auto`, the remote is queried to determine its `HEAD`, then the symbolic-ref `refs/remotes/<name>/HEAD` is set to the same branch. e.g., if the remote -`HEAD` is pointed at `next`, "`git remote set-head origin -a`" will set +`HEAD` is pointed at `next`, `git remote set-head origin -a` will set the symbolic-ref `refs/remotes/origin/HEAD` to `refs/remotes/origin/next`. This will only work if `refs/remotes/origin/next` already exists; if not it must be fetched first. + -Use `<branch>` to set the symbolic-ref `refs/remotes/<name>/HEAD` explicitly. e.g., "git -remote set-head origin master" will set the symbolic-ref `refs/remotes/origin/HEAD` to +Use `<branch>` to set the symbolic-ref `refs/remotes/<name>/HEAD` explicitly. e.g., `git +remote set-head origin master` will set the symbolic-ref `refs/remotes/origin/HEAD` to `refs/remotes/origin/master`. This will only work if `refs/remotes/origin/master` already exists; if not it must be fetched first. + @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ This can be used to track a subset of the available remote branches after the initial setup for a remote. + The named branches will be interpreted as if specified with the -`-t` option on the 'git remote add' command line. +`-t` option on the `git remote add` command line. + With `--add`, instead of replacing the list of currently tracked branches, adds to that list. @@ -181,16 +181,16 @@ fetch --prune <name>`, except that no new references will be fetched. See the PRUNING section of linkgit:git-fetch[1] for what it'll prune depending on various configuration. + -With `--dry-run` option, report what branches will be pruned, but do not +With `--dry-run` option, report what branches would be pruned, but do not actually prune them. 'update':: Fetch updates for remotes or remote groups in the repository as defined by -remotes.<group>. If neither group nor remote is specified on the command line, +`remotes.<group>`. If neither group nor remote is specified on the command line, the configuration parameter remotes.default will be used; if remotes.default is not defined, all remotes which do not have the -configuration parameter remote.<name>.skipDefaultUpdate set to true will +configuration parameter `remote.<name>.skipDefaultUpdate` set to true will be updated. (See linkgit:git-config[1]). + With `--prune` option, run pruning against all the remotes that are updated. diff --git a/Documentation/git-reset.txt b/Documentation/git-reset.txt index 932080c55d..252e2d4e47 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-reset.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-reset.txt @@ -87,6 +87,12 @@ but carries forward unmerged index entries. different between `<commit>` and `HEAD`. If a file that is different between `<commit>` and `HEAD` has local changes, reset is aborted. + +--[no-]recurse-submodules:: + When the working tree is updated, using --recurse-submodules will + also recursively reset the working tree of all active submodules + according to the commit recorded in the superproject, also setting + the submodules' HEAD to be detached at that commit. -- See "Reset, restore and revert" in linkgit:git[1] for the differences diff --git a/Documentation/git-restore.txt b/Documentation/git-restore.txt index 5bf60d4943..84c6c40010 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-restore.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-restore.txt @@ -22,9 +22,8 @@ The command can also be used to restore the content in the index with `--staged`, or restore both the working tree and the index with `--staged --worktree`. -By default, the restore sources for working tree and the index are the -index and `HEAD` respectively. `--source` could be used to specify a -commit as the restore source. +By default, if `--staged` is given, the contents are restored from `HEAD`, +otherwise from the index. Use `--source` to restore from a different commit. See "Reset, restore and revert" in linkgit:git[1] for the differences between the three commands. @@ -39,10 +38,8 @@ OPTIONS tree. It is common to specify the source tree by naming a commit, branch or tag associated with it. + -If not specified, the default restore source for the working tree is -the index, and the default restore source for the index is -`HEAD`. When both `--staged` and `--worktree` are specified, -`--source` must also be specified. +If not specified, the contents are restored from `HEAD` if `--staged` is +given, otherwise from the index. -p:: --patch:: @@ -107,6 +104,17 @@ in linkgit:git-checkout[1] for details. patterns and unconditionally restores any files in `<pathspec>`. +--recurse-submodules:: +--no-recurse-submodules:: + If `<pathspec>` names an active submodule and the restore location + includes the working tree, the submodule will only be updated if + this option is given, in which case its working tree will be + restored to the commit recorded in the superproject, and any local + modifications overwritten. If nothing (or + `--no-recurse-submodules`) is used, submodules working trees will + not be updated. Just like linkgit:git-checkout[1], this will detach + `HEAD` of the submodule. + --overlay:: --no-overlay:: In overlay mode, the command never removes files when diff --git a/Documentation/git-rev-list.txt b/Documentation/git-rev-list.txt index 025c911436..5da66232dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rev-list.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rev-list.txt @@ -14,44 +14,8 @@ SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION ----------- -List commits that are reachable by following the `parent` links from the -given commit(s), but exclude commits that are reachable from the one(s) -given with a '{caret}' in front of them. The output is given in reverse -chronological order by default. - -You can think of this as a set operation. Commits given on the command -line form a set of commits that are reachable from any of them, and then -commits reachable from any of the ones given with '{caret}' in front are -subtracted from that set. The remaining commits are what comes out in the -command's output. Various other options and paths parameters can be used -to further limit the result. - -Thus, the following command: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - $ git rev-list foo bar ^baz ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -means "list all the commits which are reachable from 'foo' or 'bar', but -not from 'baz'". - -A special notation "'<commit1>'..'<commit2>'" can be used as a -short-hand for "{caret}'<commit1>' '<commit2>'". For example, either of -the following may be used interchangeably: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - $ git rev-list origin..HEAD - $ git rev-list HEAD ^origin ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -Another special notation is "'<commit1>'...'<commit2>'" which is useful -for merges. The resulting set of commits is the symmetric difference -between the two operands. The following two commands are equivalent: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - $ git rev-list A B --not $(git merge-base --all A B) - $ git rev-list A...B ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +:git-rev-list: 1 +include::rev-list-description.txt[] 'rev-list' is a very essential Git command, since it provides the ability to build and traverse commit ancestry graphs. For diff --git a/Documentation/git-revert.txt b/Documentation/git-revert.txt index 9d22270757..044276e9da 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-revert.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-revert.txt @@ -90,9 +90,12 @@ effect to your index in a row. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, and + earlier `--gpg-sign`. -s:: --signoff:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt b/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt index a72ea7f7ba..fd93cd41e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt @@ -47,9 +47,38 @@ OPTIONS Each pretty-printed commit will be rewrapped before it is shown. +--group=<type>:: + Group commits based on `<type>`. If no `--group` option is + specified, the default is `author`. `<type>` is one of: ++ +-- + - `author`, commits are grouped by author + - `committer`, commits are grouped by committer (the same as `-c`) + - `trailer:<field>`, the `<field>` is interpreted as a case-insensitive + commit message trailer (see linkgit:git-interpret-trailers[1]). For + example, if your project uses `Reviewed-by` trailers, you might want + to see who has been reviewing with + `git shortlog -ns --group=trailer:reviewed-by`. ++ +Note that commits that do not include the trailer will not be counted. +Likewise, commits with multiple trailers (e.g., multiple signoffs) may +be counted more than once (but only once per unique trailer value in +that commit). ++ +Shortlog will attempt to parse each trailer value as a `name <email>` +identity. If successful, the mailmap is applied and the email is omitted +unless the `--email` option is specified. If the value cannot be parsed +as an identity, it will be taken literally and completely. +-- ++ +If `--group` is specified multiple times, commits are counted under each +value (but again, only once per unique value in that commit). For +example, `git shortlog --group=author --group=trailer:co-authored-by` +counts both authors and co-authors. + -c:: --committer:: - Collect and show committer identities instead of authors. + This is an alias for `--group=committer`. -w[<width>[,<indent1>[,<indent2>]]]:: Linewrap the output by wrapping each line at `width`. The first diff --git a/Documentation/git-show-index.txt b/Documentation/git-show-index.txt index 424e4ba84c..e49318a5a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-show-index.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-show-index.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ git-show-index - Show packed archive index SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git show-index' +'git show-index' [--object-format=<hash-algorithm>] DESCRIPTION @@ -36,6 +36,17 @@ Note that you can get more information on a packfile by calling linkgit:git-verify-pack[1]. However, as this command considers only the index file itself, it's both faster and more flexible. +OPTIONS +------- + +--object-format=<hash-algorithm>:: + Specify the given object format (hash algorithm) for the index file. The + valid values are 'sha1' and (if enabled) 'sha256'. The default is the + algorithm for the current repository (set by `extensions.objectFormat`), or + 'sha1' if no value is set or outside a repository.. ++ +include::object-format-disclaimer.txt[] + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-sparse-checkout.txt b/Documentation/git-sparse-checkout.txt index c0342e5393..a0eeaeb02e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-sparse-checkout.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-sparse-checkout.txt @@ -70,6 +70,16 @@ C-style quoted strings. `core.sparseCheckoutCone` is enabled, the given patterns are interpreted as directory names as in the 'set' subcommand. +'reapply':: + Reapply the sparsity pattern rules to paths in the working tree. + Commands like merge or rebase can materialize paths to do their + work (e.g. in order to show you a conflict), and other + sparse-checkout commands might fail to sparsify an individual file + (e.g. because it has unstaged changes or conflicts). In such + cases, it can make sense to run `git sparse-checkout reapply` later + after cleaning up affected paths (e.g. resolving conflicts, undoing + or committing changes, etc.). + 'disable':: Disable the `core.sparseCheckout` config setting, and restore the working directory to include all files. Leaves the sparse-checkout @@ -190,10 +200,32 @@ directory. SUBMODULES ---------- -If your repository contains one or more submodules, then those submodules will -appear based on which you initialized with the `git submodule` command. If -your sparse-checkout patterns exclude an initialized submodule, then that -submodule will still appear in your working directory. +If your repository contains one or more submodules, then submodules +are populated based on interactions with the `git submodule` command. +Specifically, `git submodule init -- <path>` will ensure the submodule +at `<path>` is present, while `git submodule deinit [-f] -- <path>` +will remove the files for the submodule at `<path>` (including any +untracked files, uncommitted changes, and unpushed history). Similar +to how sparse-checkout removes files from the working tree but still +leaves entries in the index, deinitialized submodules are removed from +the working directory but still have an entry in the index. + +Since submodules may have unpushed changes or untracked files, +removing them could result in data loss. Thus, changing sparse +inclusion/exclusion rules will not cause an already checked out +submodule to be removed from the working copy. Said another way, just +as `checkout` will not cause submodules to be automatically removed or +initialized even when switching between branches that remove or add +submodules, using `sparse-checkout` to reduce or expand the scope of +"interesting" files will not cause submodules to be automatically +deinitialized or initialized either. + +Further, the above facts mean that there are multiple reasons that +"tracked" files might not be present in the working copy: sparsity +pattern application from sparse-checkout, and submodule initialization +state. Thus, commands like `git grep` that work on tracked files in +the working copy may return results that are limited by either or both +of these restrictions. SEE ALSO diff --git a/Documentation/git-submodule.txt b/Documentation/git-submodule.txt index c9ed2bf3d5..7e5f995f77 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-submodule.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-submodule.txt @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ set-branch (-d|--default) [--] <path>:: Sets the default remote tracking branch for the submodule. The `--branch` option allows the remote branch to be specified. The `--default` option removes the submodule.<name>.branch configuration - key, which causes the tracking branch to default to 'master'. + key, which causes the tracking branch to default to the remote 'HEAD'. set-url [--] <path> <newurl>:: Sets the URL of the specified submodule to <newurl>. Then, it will @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ OPTIONS `.gitmodules` for `update --remote`. A special value of `.` is used to indicate that the name of the branch in the submodule should be the same name as the current branch in the current repository. If the - option is not specified, it defaults to 'master'. + option is not specified, it defaults to the remote 'HEAD'. -f:: --force:: @@ -322,10 +322,10 @@ OPTIONS the superproject's recorded SHA-1 to update the submodule, use the status of the submodule's remote-tracking branch. The remote used is branch's remote (`branch.<name>.remote`), defaulting to `origin`. - The remote branch used defaults to `master`, but the branch name may - be overridden by setting the `submodule.<name>.branch` option in - either `.gitmodules` or `.git/config` (with `.git/config` taking - precedence). + The remote branch used defaults to the remote `HEAD`, but the branch + name may be overridden by setting the `submodule.<name>.branch` + option in either `.gitmodules` or `.git/config` (with `.git/config` + taking precedence). + This works for any of the supported update procedures (`--checkout`, `--rebase`, etc.). The only change is the source of the target SHA-1. diff --git a/Documentation/git-switch.txt b/Documentation/git-switch.txt index 197900363b..3759c3a265 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-switch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-switch.txt @@ -181,9 +181,9 @@ name, the guessing is aborted. You can explicitly give a name with --recurse-submodules:: --no-recurse-submodules:: Using `--recurse-submodules` will update the content of all - initialized submodules according to the commit recorded in the + active submodules according to the commit recorded in the superproject. If nothing (or `--no-recurse-submodules`) is - used, the work trees of submodules will not be updated. Just + used, submodules working trees will not be updated. Just like linkgit:git-submodule[1], this will detach `HEAD` of the submodules. diff --git a/Documentation/git-tag.txt b/Documentation/git-tag.txt index f6d9791780..56656d1be6 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-tag.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-tag.txt @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git tag' [-n[<num>]] -l [--contains <commit>] [--no-contains <commit>] [--points-at <object>] [--column[=<options>] | --no-column] [--create-reflog] [--sort=<key>] [--format=<format>] - [--[no-]merged [<commit>]] [<pattern>...] + [--merged <commit>] [--no-merged <commit>] [<pattern>...] 'git tag' -v [--format=<format>] <tagname>... DESCRIPTION @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ This option is only applicable when listing tags without annotation lines. --merged [<commit>]:: Only list tags whose commits are reachable from the specified - commit (`HEAD` if not specified), incompatible with `--no-merged`. + commit (`HEAD` if not specified). --no-merged [<commit>]:: Only list tags whose commits are not reachable from the specified - commit (`HEAD` if not specified), incompatible with `--merged`. + commit (`HEAD` if not specified). --points-at <object>:: Only list tags of the given object (HEAD if not @@ -377,6 +377,11 @@ $ GIT_COMMITTER_DATE="2006-10-02 10:31" git tag -s v1.0.1 include::date-formats.txt[] +NOTES +----- + +include::ref-reachability-filters.txt[] + SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-check-ref-format[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt b/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt index 9671423117..d401234b03 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt @@ -66,6 +66,10 @@ performs all modifications together. Specify commands of the form: delete SP <ref> [SP <oldvalue>] LF verify SP <ref> [SP <oldvalue>] LF option SP <opt> LF + start LF + prepare LF + commit LF + abort LF With `--create-reflog`, update-ref will create a reflog for each ref even if one would not ordinarily be created. @@ -83,6 +87,10 @@ quoting: delete SP <ref> NUL [<oldvalue>] NUL verify SP <ref> NUL [<oldvalue>] NUL option SP <opt> NUL + start NUL + prepare NUL + commit NUL + abort NUL In this format, use 40 "0" to specify a zero value, and use the empty string to specify a missing value. @@ -107,13 +115,31 @@ delete:: verify:: Verify <ref> against <oldvalue> but do not change it. If - <oldvalue> zero or missing, the ref must not exist. + <oldvalue> is zero or missing, the ref must not exist. option:: Modify behavior of the next command naming a <ref>. The only valid option is `no-deref` to avoid dereferencing a symbolic ref. +start:: + Start a transaction. In contrast to a non-transactional session, a + transaction will automatically abort if the session ends without an + explicit commit. + +prepare:: + Prepare to commit the transaction. This will create lock files for all + queued reference updates. If one reference could not be locked, the + transaction will be aborted. + +commit:: + Commit all reference updates queued for the transaction, ending the + transaction. + +abort:: + Abort the transaction, releasing all locks if the transaction is in + prepared state. + If all <ref>s can be locked with matching <oldvalue>s simultaneously, all modifications are performed. Otherwise, no modifications are performed. Note that while each individual @@ -122,12 +148,13 @@ still see a subset of the modifications. LOGGING UPDATES --------------- -If config parameter "core.logAllRefUpdates" is true and the ref is one under -"refs/heads/", "refs/remotes/", "refs/notes/", or the symbolic ref HEAD; or -the file "$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>" exists then `git update-ref` will append -a line to the log file "$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>" (dereferencing all -symbolic refs before creating the log name) describing the change -in ref value. Log lines are formatted as: +If config parameter "core.logAllRefUpdates" is true and the ref is one +under "refs/heads/", "refs/remotes/", "refs/notes/", or a pseudoref +like HEAD or ORIG_HEAD; or the file "$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>" exists then +`git update-ref` will append a line to the log file +"$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>" (dereferencing all symbolic refs before creating +the log name) describing the change in ref value. Log lines are +formatted as: oldsha1 SP newsha1 SP committer LF diff --git a/Documentation/git-worktree.txt b/Documentation/git-worktree.txt index 85d92c9761..32e8440cde 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-worktree.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-worktree.txt @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git worktree move' <worktree> <new-path> 'git worktree prune' [-n] [-v] [--expire <expire>] 'git worktree remove' [-f] <worktree> +'git worktree repair' [<path>...] 'git worktree unlock' <worktree> DESCRIPTION @@ -25,11 +26,24 @@ Manage multiple working trees attached to the same repository. A git repository can support multiple working trees, allowing you to check out more than one branch at a time. With `git worktree add` a new working tree is associated with the repository. This new working tree is called a -"linked working tree" as opposed to the "main working tree" prepared by "git -init" or "git clone". A repository has one main working tree (if it's not a +"linked working tree" as opposed to the "main working tree" prepared by +linkgit:git-init[1] or linkgit:git-clone[1]. +A repository has one main working tree (if it's not a bare repository) and zero or more linked working trees. When you are done with a linked working tree, remove it with `git worktree remove`. +In its simplest form, `git worktree add <path>` automatically creates a +new branch whose name is the final component of `<path>`, which is +convenient if you plan to work on a new topic. For instance, `git +worktree add ../hotfix` creates new branch `hotfix` and checks it out at +path `../hotfix`. To instead work on an existing branch in a new working +tree, use `git worktree add <path> <branch>`. On the other hand, if you +just plan to make some experimental changes or do testing without +disturbing existing development, it is often convenient to create a +'throwaway' working tree not associated with any branch. For instance, +`git worktree add -d <path>` creates a new working tree with a detached +`HEAD` at the same commit as the current branch. + If a working tree is deleted without using `git worktree remove`, then its associated administrative files, which reside in the repository (see "DETAILS" below), will eventually be removed automatically (see @@ -48,10 +62,10 @@ add <path> [<commit-ish>]:: Create `<path>` and checkout `<commit-ish>` into it. The new working directory is linked to the current repository, sharing everything except working -directory specific files such as HEAD, index, etc. `-` may also be -specified as `<commit-ish>`; it is synonymous with `@{-1}`. +directory specific files such as `HEAD`, `index`, etc. As a convenience, +`<commit-ish>` may be a bare "`-`", which is synonymous with `@{-1}`. + -If <commit-ish> is a branch name (call it `<branch>`) and is not found, +If `<commit-ish>` is a branch name (call it `<branch>`) and is not found, and neither `-b` nor `-B` nor `--detach` are used, but there does exist a tracking branch in exactly one remote (call it `<remote>`) with a matching name, treat as equivalent to: @@ -66,24 +80,24 @@ one for the purposes of disambiguation, even if the `<branch>` isn't unique across all remotes. Set it to e.g. `checkout.defaultRemote=origin` to always checkout remote branches from there if `<branch>` is ambiguous but exists on the -'origin' remote. See also `checkout.defaultRemote` in +`origin` remote. See also `checkout.defaultRemote` in linkgit:git-config[1]. + If `<commit-ish>` is omitted and neither `-b` nor `-B` nor `--detach` used, -then, as a convenience, the new worktree is associated with a branch +then, as a convenience, the new working tree is associated with a branch (call it `<branch>`) named after `$(basename <path>)`. If `<branch>` -doesn't exist, a new branch based on HEAD is automatically created as +doesn't exist, a new branch based on `HEAD` is automatically created as if `-b <branch>` was given. If `<branch>` does exist, it will be -checked out in the new worktree, if it's not checked out anywhere -else, otherwise the command will refuse to create the worktree (unless +checked out in the new working tree, if it's not checked out anywhere +else, otherwise the command will refuse to create the working tree (unless `--force` is used). list:: -List details of each worktree. The main worktree is listed first, followed by -each of the linked worktrees. The output details include if the worktree is -bare, the revision currently checked out, and the branch currently checked out -(or 'detached HEAD' if none). +List details of each working tree. The main working tree is listed first, +followed by each of the linked working trees. The output details include +whether the working tree is bare, the revision currently checked out, and the +branch currently checked out (or "detached HEAD" if none). lock:: @@ -96,11 +110,14 @@ with `--reason`. move:: Move a working tree to a new location. Note that the main working tree -or linked working trees containing submodules cannot be moved. +or linked working trees containing submodules cannot be moved with this +command. (The `git worktree repair` command, however, can reestablish +the connection with linked working trees if you move the main working +tree manually.) prune:: -Prune working tree information in $GIT_DIR/worktrees. +Prune working tree information in `$GIT_DIR/worktrees`. remove:: @@ -109,6 +126,23 @@ and no modification in tracked files) can be removed. Unclean working trees or ones with submodules can be removed with `--force`. The main working tree cannot be removed. +repair [<path>...]:: + +Repair working tree administrative files, if possible, if they have +become corrupted or outdated due to external factors. ++ +For instance, if the main working tree (or bare repository) is moved, +linked working trees will be unable to locate it. Running `repair` in +the main working tree will reestablish the connection from linked +working trees back to the main working tree. ++ +Similarly, if a linked working tree is moved without using `git worktree +move`, the main working tree (or bare repository) will be unable to +locate it. Running `repair` within the recently-moved working tree will +reestablish the connection. If multiple linked working trees are moved, +running `repair` from any working tree with each tree's new `<path>` as +an argument, will reestablish the connection to all the specified paths. + unlock:: Unlock a working tree, allowing it to be pruned, moved or deleted. @@ -126,7 +160,9 @@ OPTIONS locked working tree path, specify `--force` twice. + `move` refuses to move a locked working tree unless `--force` is specified -twice. +twice. If the destination is already assigned to some other working tree but is +missing (for instance, if `<new-path>` was deleted manually), then `--force` +allows the move to proceed; use `--force` twice if the destination is locked. + `remove` refuses to remove an unclean working tree unless `--force` is used. To remove a locked working tree, specify `--force` twice. @@ -135,13 +171,14 @@ To remove a locked working tree, specify `--force` twice. -B <new-branch>:: With `add`, create a new branch named `<new-branch>` starting at `<commit-ish>`, and check out `<new-branch>` into the new working tree. - If `<commit-ish>` is omitted, it defaults to HEAD. + If `<commit-ish>` is omitted, it defaults to `HEAD`. By default, `-b` refuses to create a new branch if it already exists. `-B` overrides this safeguard, resetting `<new-branch>` to `<commit-ish>`. +-d:: --detach:: - With `add`, detach HEAD in the new working tree. See "DETACHED HEAD" + With `add`, detach `HEAD` in the new working tree. See "DETACHED HEAD" in linkgit:git-checkout[1]. --[no-]checkout:: @@ -152,7 +189,7 @@ To remove a locked working tree, specify `--force` twice. --[no-]guess-remote:: With `worktree add <path>`, without `<commit-ish>`, instead - of creating a new branch from HEAD, if there exists a tracking + of creating a new branch from `HEAD`, if there exists a tracking branch in exactly one remote matching the basename of `<path>`, base the new branch on the remote-tracking branch, and mark the remote-tracking branch as "upstream" from the new branch. @@ -164,12 +201,12 @@ This can also be set up as the default behaviour by using the When creating a new branch, if `<commit-ish>` is a branch, mark it as "upstream" from the new branch. This is the default if `<commit-ish>` is a remote-tracking branch. See - "--track" in linkgit:git-branch[1] for details. + `--track` in linkgit:git-branch[1] for details. --lock:: Keep the working tree locked after creation. This is the equivalent of `git worktree lock` after `git worktree add`, - but without race condition. + but without a race condition. -n:: --dry-run:: @@ -183,14 +220,14 @@ This can also be set up as the default behaviour by using the -q:: --quiet:: - With 'add', suppress feedback messages. + With `add`, suppress feedback messages. -v:: --verbose:: With `prune`, report all removals. --expire <time>:: - With `prune`, only expire unused working trees older than <time>. + With `prune`, only expire unused working trees older than `<time>`. --reason <string>:: With `lock`, an explanation why the working tree is locked. @@ -200,48 +237,48 @@ This can also be set up as the default behaviour by using the absolute. + If the last path components in the working tree's path is unique among -working trees, it can be used to identify worktrees. For example if -you only have two working trees, at "/abc/def/ghi" and "/abc/def/ggg", -then "ghi" or "def/ghi" is enough to point to the former working tree. +working trees, it can be used to identify a working tree. For example if +you only have two working trees, at `/abc/def/ghi` and `/abc/def/ggg`, +then `ghi` or `def/ghi` is enough to point to the former working tree. REFS ---- In multiple working trees, some refs may be shared between all working -trees, some refs are local. One example is HEAD is different for all -working trees. This section is about the sharing rules and how to access +trees and some refs are local. One example is `HEAD` which is different for each +working tree. This section is about the sharing rules and how to access refs of one working tree from another. In general, all pseudo refs are per working tree and all refs starting -with "refs/" are shared. Pseudo refs are ones like HEAD which are -directly under GIT_DIR instead of inside GIT_DIR/refs. There is one -exception to this: refs inside refs/bisect and refs/worktree is not +with `refs/` are shared. Pseudo refs are ones like `HEAD` which are +directly under `$GIT_DIR` instead of inside `$GIT_DIR/refs`. There are +exceptions, however: refs inside `refs/bisect` and `refs/worktree` are not shared. Refs that are per working tree can still be accessed from another -working tree via two special paths, main-worktree and worktrees. The -former gives access to per-worktree refs of the main working tree, +working tree via two special paths, `main-worktree` and `worktrees`. The +former gives access to per-working tree refs of the main working tree, while the latter to all linked working trees. -For example, main-worktree/HEAD or main-worktree/refs/bisect/good -resolve to the same value as the main working tree's HEAD and -refs/bisect/good respectively. Similarly, worktrees/foo/HEAD or -worktrees/bar/refs/bisect/bad are the same as -GIT_COMMON_DIR/worktrees/foo/HEAD and -GIT_COMMON_DIR/worktrees/bar/refs/bisect/bad. +For example, `main-worktree/HEAD` or `main-worktree/refs/bisect/good` +resolve to the same value as the main working tree's `HEAD` and +`refs/bisect/good` respectively. Similarly, `worktrees/foo/HEAD` or +`worktrees/bar/refs/bisect/bad` are the same as +`$GIT_COMMON_DIR/worktrees/foo/HEAD` and +`$GIT_COMMON_DIR/worktrees/bar/refs/bisect/bad`. -To access refs, it's best not to look inside GIT_DIR directly. Instead +To access refs, it's best not to look inside `$GIT_DIR` directly. Instead use commands such as linkgit:git-rev-parse[1] or linkgit:git-update-ref[1] which will handle refs correctly. CONFIGURATION FILE ------------------ -By default, the repository "config" file is shared across all working +By default, the repository `config` file is shared across all working trees. If the config variables `core.bare` or `core.worktree` are already present in the config file, they will be applied to the main working trees only. In order to have configuration specific to working trees, you can turn -on "worktreeConfig" extension, e.g.: +on the `worktreeConfig` extension, e.g.: ------------ $ git config extensions.worktreeConfig true @@ -253,7 +290,7 @@ configuration in this file with `git config --worktree`. Older Git versions will refuse to access repositories with this extension. Note that in this file, the exception for `core.bare` and `core.worktree` -is gone. If you have them in $GIT_DIR/config before, you must move +is gone. If they exist in `$GIT_DIR/config`, you must move them to the `config.worktree` of the main working tree. You may also take this opportunity to review and move other configuration that you do not want to share to all working trees: @@ -266,7 +303,7 @@ do not want to share to all working trees: DETAILS ------- Each linked working tree has a private sub-directory in the repository's -$GIT_DIR/worktrees directory. The private sub-directory's name is usually +`$GIT_DIR/worktrees` directory. The private sub-directory's name is usually the base name of the linked working tree's path, possibly appended with a number to make it unique. For example, when `$GIT_DIR=/path/main/.git` the command `git worktree add /path/other/test-next next` creates the linked @@ -274,51 +311,52 @@ working tree in `/path/other/test-next` and also creates a `$GIT_DIR/worktrees/test-next` directory (or `$GIT_DIR/worktrees/test-next1` if `test-next` is already taken). -Within a linked working tree, $GIT_DIR is set to point to this private +Within a linked working tree, `$GIT_DIR` is set to point to this private directory (e.g. `/path/main/.git/worktrees/test-next` in the example) and -$GIT_COMMON_DIR is set to point back to the main working tree's $GIT_DIR +`$GIT_COMMON_DIR` is set to point back to the main working tree's `$GIT_DIR` (e.g. `/path/main/.git`). These settings are made in a `.git` file located at the top directory of the linked working tree. Path resolution via `git rev-parse --git-path` uses either -$GIT_DIR or $GIT_COMMON_DIR depending on the path. For example, in the +`$GIT_DIR` or `$GIT_COMMON_DIR` depending on the path. For example, in the linked working tree `git rev-parse --git-path HEAD` returns `/path/main/.git/worktrees/test-next/HEAD` (not `/path/other/test-next/.git/HEAD` or `/path/main/.git/HEAD`) while `git rev-parse --git-path refs/heads/master` uses -$GIT_COMMON_DIR and returns `/path/main/.git/refs/heads/master`, -since refs are shared across all working trees, except refs/bisect and -refs/worktree. +`$GIT_COMMON_DIR` and returns `/path/main/.git/refs/heads/master`, +since refs are shared across all working trees, except `refs/bisect` and +`refs/worktree`. See linkgit:gitrepository-layout[5] for more information. The rule of thumb is do not make any assumption about whether a path belongs to -$GIT_DIR or $GIT_COMMON_DIR when you need to directly access something -inside $GIT_DIR. Use `git rev-parse --git-path` to get the final path. +`$GIT_DIR` or `$GIT_COMMON_DIR` when you need to directly access something +inside `$GIT_DIR`. Use `git rev-parse --git-path` to get the final path. -If you manually move a linked working tree, you need to update the 'gitdir' file +If you manually move a linked working tree, you need to update the `gitdir` file in the entry's directory. For example, if a linked working tree is moved to `/newpath/test-next` and its `.git` file points to `/path/main/.git/worktrees/test-next`, then update `/path/main/.git/worktrees/test-next/gitdir` to reference `/newpath/test-next` -instead. +instead. Better yet, run `git worktree repair` to reestablish the connection +automatically. -To prevent a $GIT_DIR/worktrees entry from being pruned (which +To prevent a `$GIT_DIR/worktrees` entry from being pruned (which can be useful in some situations, such as when the entry's working tree is stored on a portable device), use the `git worktree lock` command, which adds a file named -'locked' to the entry's directory. The file contains the reason in +`locked` to the entry's directory. The file contains the reason in plain text. For example, if a linked working tree's `.git` file points to `/path/main/.git/worktrees/test-next` then a file named `/path/main/.git/worktrees/test-next/locked` will prevent the `test-next` entry from being pruned. See linkgit:gitrepository-layout[5] for details. -When extensions.worktreeConfig is enabled, the config file +When `extensions.worktreeConfig` is enabled, the config file `.git/worktrees/<id>/config.worktree` is read after `.git/config` is. LIST OUTPUT FORMAT ------------------ -The worktree list command has two output formats. The default format shows the +The `worktree list` command has two output formats. The default format shows the details on a single line with columns. For example: ------------ @@ -331,10 +369,10 @@ $ git worktree list Porcelain Format ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The porcelain format has a line per attribute. Attributes are listed with a -label and value separated by a single space. Boolean attributes (like 'bare' -and 'detached') are listed as a label only, and are only present if and only -if the value is true. The first attribute of a worktree is always `worktree`, -an empty line indicates the end of the record. For example: +label and value separated by a single space. Boolean attributes (like `bare` +and `detached`) are listed as a label only, and are present only +if the value is true. The first attribute of a working tree is always +`worktree`, an empty line indicates the end of the record. For example: ------------ $ git worktree list --porcelain diff --git a/Documentation/git.txt b/Documentation/git.txt index 9d6769e95a..c463b937a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/git.txt +++ b/Documentation/git.txt @@ -304,6 +304,13 @@ users typically do not use them directly. include::cmds-purehelpers.txt[] +Guides +------ + +The following documentation pages are guides about Git concepts. + +include::cmds-guide.txt[] + Configuration Mechanism ----------------------- @@ -493,11 +500,12 @@ double-quotes and respecting backslash escapes. E.g., the value details. This variable has lower precedence than other path variables such as GIT_INDEX_FILE, GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY... -`GIT_DEFAULT_HASH_ALGORITHM`:: +`GIT_DEFAULT_HASH`:: If this variable is set, the default hash algorithm for new repositories will be set to this value. This value is currently ignored when cloning; the setting of the remote repository - is used instead. The default is "sha1". + is used instead. The default is "sha1". THIS VARIABLE IS + EXPERIMENTAL! See `--object-format` in linkgit:git-init[1]. Git Commits ~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -543,8 +551,9 @@ Git Diffs `GIT_EXTERNAL_DIFF`:: When the environment variable `GIT_EXTERNAL_DIFF` is set, the - program named by it is called, instead of the diff invocation - described above. For a path that is added, removed, or modified, + program named by it is called to generate diffs, and Git + does not use its builtin diff machinery. + For a path that is added, removed, or modified, `GIT_EXTERNAL_DIFF` is called with 7 parameters: path old-file old-hex old-mode new-file new-hex new-mode @@ -597,6 +606,12 @@ other an editor is to be launched. See also linkgit:git-var[1] and the `core.editor` option in linkgit:git-config[1]. +`GIT_SEQUENCE_EDITOR`:: + This environment variable overrides the configured Git editor + when editing the todo list of an interactive rebase. See also + linkit::git-rebase[1] and the `sequence.editor` option in + linkit::git-config[1]. + `GIT_SSH`:: `GIT_SSH_COMMAND`:: If either of these environment variables is set then 'git fetch' @@ -707,6 +722,10 @@ of clones and fetches. time of each Git command. See `GIT_TRACE` for available trace output options. +`GIT_TRACE_REFS`:: + Enables trace messages for operations on the ref database. + See `GIT_TRACE` for available trace output options. + `GIT_TRACE_SETUP`:: Enables trace messages printing the .git, working tree and current working directory after Git has completed its setup phase. @@ -721,8 +740,6 @@ of clones and fetches. Enables a curl full trace dump of all incoming and outgoing data, including descriptive information, of the git transport protocol. This is similar to doing curl `--trace-ascii` on the command line. - This option overrides setting the `GIT_CURL_VERBOSE` environment - variable. See `GIT_TRACE` for available trace output options. `GIT_TRACE_CURL_NO_DATA`:: @@ -777,11 +794,10 @@ for full details. See `GIT_TRACE2` for available trace output options and link:technical/api-trace2.html[Trace2 documentation] for full details. -`GIT_REDACT_COOKIES`:: - This can be set to a comma-separated list of strings. When a curl trace - is enabled (see `GIT_TRACE_CURL` above), whenever a "Cookies:" header - sent by the client is dumped, values of cookies whose key is in that - list (case-sensitive) are redacted. +`GIT_TRACE_REDACT`:: + By default, when tracing is activated, Git redacts the values of + cookies, the "Authorization:" header, and the "Proxy-Authorization:" + header. Set this variable to `0` to prevent this redaction. `GIT_LITERAL_PATHSPECS`:: Setting this variable to `1` will cause Git to treat all diff --git a/Documentation/gitattributes.txt b/Documentation/gitattributes.txt index 508fe713c4..2d0a03715b 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitattributes.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitattributes.txt @@ -824,6 +824,8 @@ patterns are available: - `java` suitable for source code in the Java language. +- `markdown` suitable for Markdown documents. + - `matlab` suitable for source code in the MATLAB and Octave languages. - `objc` suitable for source code in the Objective-C language. diff --git a/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt b/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt index 1814d2d23c..758bf39ba3 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ gitcredentials(7) NAME ---- -gitcredentials - providing usernames and passwords to Git +gitcredentials - Providing usernames and passwords to Git SYNOPSIS -------- @@ -216,20 +216,26 @@ Here are some example specifications: ---------------------------------------------------- # run "git credential-foo" -foo +[credential] + helper = foo # same as above, but pass an argument to the helper -foo --bar=baz +[credential] + helper = "foo --bar=baz" # the arguments are parsed by the shell, so use shell # quoting if necessary -foo --bar="whitespace arg" +[credential] + helper = "foo --bar='whitespace arg'" # you can also use an absolute path, which will not use the git wrapper -/path/to/my/helper --with-arguments +[credential] + helper = "/path/to/my/helper --with-arguments" # or you can specify your own shell snippet -!f() { echo "password=`cat $HOME/.secret`"; }; f +[credential "https://example.com"] + username = your_user + helper = "!f() { test \"$1\" = get && echo \"password=$(cat $HOME/.secret)\"; }; f" ---------------------------------------------------- Generally speaking, rule (3) above is the simplest for users to specify. @@ -262,16 +268,26 @@ For a `get` operation, the helper should produce a list of attributes on stdout in the same format (see linkgit:git-credential[1] for common attributes). A helper is free to produce a subset, or even no values at all if it has nothing useful to provide. Any provided attributes will -overwrite those already known about by Git. If a helper outputs a -`quit` attribute with a value of `true` or `1`, no further helpers will -be consulted, nor will the user be prompted (if no credential has been -provided, the operation will then fail). +overwrite those already known about by Git's credential subsystem. + +While it is possible to override all attributes, well behaving helpers +should refrain from doing so for any attribute other than username and +password. + +If a helper outputs a `quit` attribute with a value of `true` or `1`, +no further helpers will be consulted, nor will the user be prompted +(if no credential has been provided, the operation will then fail). + +Similarly, no more helpers will be consulted once both username and +password had been provided. For a `store` or `erase` operation, the helper's output is ignored. -If it fails to perform the requested operation, it may complain to -stderr to inform the user. If it does not support the requested -operation (e.g., a read-only store), it should silently ignore the -request. + +If a helper fails to perform the requested operation or needs to notify +the user of a potential issue, it may write to stderr. + +If it does not support the requested operation (e.g., a read-only store), +it should silently ignore the request. If a helper receives any other operation, it should silently ignore the request. This leaves room for future operations to be added (older diff --git a/Documentation/giteveryday.txt b/Documentation/giteveryday.txt index 1bd919f92b..faba2ef088 100644 --- a/Documentation/giteveryday.txt +++ b/Documentation/giteveryday.txt @@ -278,13 +278,13 @@ $ git am -3 -i -s ./+to-apply <4> $ compile/test $ git switch -c hold/linus && git am -3 -i -s ./+hold-linus <5> $ git switch topic/one && git rebase master <6> -$ git switch -C pu next <7> +$ git switch -C seen next <7> $ git merge topic/one topic/two && git merge hold/linus <8> $ git switch maint $ git cherry-pick master~4 <9> $ compile/test $ git tag -s -m "GIT 0.99.9x" v0.99.9x <10> -$ git fetch ko && for branch in master maint next pu <11> +$ git fetch ko && for branch in master maint next seen <11> do git show-branch ko/$branch $branch <12> done @@ -294,14 +294,14 @@ $ git push --follow-tags ko <13> <1> see what you were in the middle of doing, if anything. <2> see which branches haven't been merged into `master` yet. Likewise for any other integration branches e.g. `maint`, `next` -and `pu` (potential updates). +and `seen`. <3> read mails, save ones that are applicable, and save others that are not quite ready (other mail readers are available). <4> apply them, interactively, with your sign-offs. <5> create topic branch as needed and apply, again with sign-offs. <6> rebase internal topic branch that has not been merged to the master or exposed as a part of a stable branch. -<7> restart `pu` every time from the next. +<7> restart `seen` every time from the next. <8> and bundle topic branches still cooking. <9> backport a critical fix. <10> create a signed tag. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ repository at kernel.org, and looks like this: fetch = refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/ko/* push = refs/heads/master push = refs/heads/next - push = +refs/heads/pu + push = +refs/heads/seen push = refs/heads/maint ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/gitfaq.txt b/Documentation/gitfaq.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..afdaeab850 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gitfaq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,441 @@ +gitfaq(7) +========= + +NAME +---- +gitfaq - Frequently asked questions about using Git + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +gitfaq + +DESCRIPTION +----------- + +The examples in this FAQ assume a standard POSIX shell, like `bash` or `dash`, +and a user, A U Thor, who has the account `author` on the hosting provider +`git.example.org`. + +Configuration +------------- + +[[user-name]] +What should I put in `user.name`?:: + You should put your personal name, generally a form using a given name + and family name. For example, the current maintainer of Git uses "Junio + C Hamano". This will be the name portion that is stored in every commit + you make. ++ +This configuration doesn't have any effect on authenticating to remote services; +for that, see `credential.username` in linkgit:git-config[1]. + +[[http-postbuffer]] +What does `http.postBuffer` really do?:: + This option changes the size of the buffer that Git uses when pushing + data to a remote over HTTP or HTTPS. If the data is larger than this + size, libcurl, which handles the HTTP support for Git, will use chunked + transfer encoding since it isn't known ahead of time what the size of + the pushed data will be. ++ +Leaving this value at the default size is fine unless you know that either the +remote server or a proxy in the middle doesn't support HTTP/1.1 (which +introduced the chunked transfer encoding) or is known to be broken with chunked +data. This is often (erroneously) suggested as a solution for generic push +problems, but since almost every server and proxy supports at least HTTP/1.1, +raising this value usually doesn't solve most push problems. A server or proxy +that didn't correctly support HTTP/1.1 and chunked transfer encoding wouldn't be +that useful on the Internet today, since it would break lots of traffic. ++ +Note that increasing this value will increase the memory used on every relevant +push that Git does over HTTP or HTTPS, since the entire buffer is allocated +regardless of whether or not it is all used. Thus, it's best to leave it at the +default unless you are sure you need a different value. + +[[configure-editor]] +How do I configure a different editor?:: + If you haven't specified an editor specifically for Git, it will by default + use the editor you've configured using the `VISUAL` or `EDITOR` environment + variables, or if neither is specified, the system default (which is usually + `vi`). Since some people find `vi` difficult to use or prefer a different + editor, it may be desirable to change the editor used. ++ +If you want to configure a general editor for most programs which need one, you +can edit your shell configuration (e.g., `~/.bashrc` or `~/.zshenv`) to contain +a line setting the `EDITOR` or `VISUAL` environment variable to an appropriate +value. For example, if you prefer the editor `nano`, then you could write the +following: ++ +---- +export VISUAL=nano +---- ++ +If you want to configure an editor specifically for Git, you can either set the +`core.editor` configuration value or the `GIT_EDITOR` environment variable. You +can see linkgit:git-var[1] for details on the order in which these options are +consulted. ++ +Note that in all cases, the editor value will be passed to the shell, so any +arguments containing spaces should be appropriately quoted. Additionally, if +your editor normally detaches from the terminal when invoked, you should specify +it with an argument that makes it not do that, or else Git will not see any +changes. An example of a configuration addressing both of these issues on +Windows would be the configuration `"C:\Program Files\Vim\gvim.exe" --nofork`, +which quotes the filename with spaces and specifies the `--nofork` option to +avoid backgrounding the process. + +Credentials +----------- + +[[http-credentials]] +How do I specify my credentials when pushing over HTTP?:: + The easiest way to do this is to use a credential helper via the + `credential.helper` configuration. Most systems provide a standard + choice to integrate with the system credential manager. For example, + Git for Windows provides the `wincred` credential manager, macOS has the + `osxkeychain` credential manager, and Unix systems with a standard + desktop environment can use the `libsecret` credential manager. All of + these store credentials in an encrypted store to keep your passwords or + tokens secure. ++ +In addition, you can use the `store` credential manager which stores in a file +in your home directory, or the `cache` credential manager, which does not +permanently store your credentials, but does prevent you from being prompted for +them for a certain period of time. ++ +You can also just enter your password when prompted. While it is possible to +place the password (which must be percent-encoded) in the URL, this is not +particularly secure and can lead to accidental exposure of credentials, so it is +not recommended. + +[[http-credentials-environment]] +How do I read a password or token from an environment variable?:: + The `credential.helper` configuration option can also take an arbitrary + shell command that produces the credential protocol on standard output. + This is useful when passing credentials into a container, for example. ++ +Such a shell command can be specified by starting the option value with an +exclamation point. If your password or token were stored in the `GIT_TOKEN`, +you could run the following command to set your credential helper: ++ +---- +$ git config credential.helper \ + '!f() { echo username=author; echo "password=$GIT_TOKEN"; };f' +---- + +[[http-reset-credentials]] +How do I change the password or token I've saved in my credential manager?:: + Usually, if the password or token is invalid, Git will erase it and + prompt for a new one. However, there are times when this doesn't always + happen. To change the password or token, you can erase the existing + credentials and then Git will prompt for new ones. To erase + credentials, use a syntax like the following (substituting your username + and the hostname): ++ +---- +$ echo url=https://author@git.example.org | git credential reject +---- + +[[multiple-accounts-http]] +How do I use multiple accounts with the same hosting provider using HTTP?:: + Usually the easiest way to distinguish between these accounts is to use + the username in the URL. For example, if you have the accounts `author` + and `committer` on `git.example.org`, you can use the URLs + https://author@git.example.org/org1/project1.git and + https://committer@git.example.org/org2/project2.git. This way, when you + use a credential helper, it will automatically try to look up the + correct credentials for your account. If you already have a remote set + up, you can change the URL with something like `git remote set-url + origin https://author@git.example.org/org1/project1.git` (see + linkgit:git-remote[1] for details). + +[[multiple-accounts-ssh]] +How do I use multiple accounts with the same hosting provider using SSH?:: + With most hosting providers that support SSH, a single key pair uniquely + identifies a user. Therefore, to use multiple accounts, it's necessary + to create a key pair for each account. If you're using a reasonably + modern OpenSSH version, you can create a new key pair with something + like `ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -f ~/.ssh/id_committer`. You can then + register the public key (in this case, `~/.ssh/id_committer.pub`; note + the `.pub`) with the hosting provider. ++ +Most hosting providers use a single SSH account for pushing; that is, all users +push to the `git` account (e.g., `git@git.example.org`). If that's the case for +your provider, you can set up multiple aliases in SSH to make it clear which key +pair to use. For example, you could write something like the following in +`~/.ssh/config`, substituting the proper private key file: ++ +---- +# This is the account for author on git.example.org. +Host example_author + HostName git.example.org + User git + # This is the key pair registered for author with git.example.org. + IdentityFile ~/.ssh/id_author + IdentitiesOnly yes +# This is the account for committer on git.example.org. +Host example_committer + HostName git.example.org + User git + # This is the key pair registered for committer with git.example.org. + IdentityFile ~/.ssh/id_committer + IdentitiesOnly yes +---- ++ +Then, you can adjust your push URL to use `git@example_author` or +`git@example_committer` instead of `git@example.org` (e.g., `git remote set-url +git@example_author:org1/project1.git`). + +Common Issues +------------- + +[[last-commit-amend]] +I've made a mistake in the last commit. How do I change it?:: + You can make the appropriate change to your working tree, run `git add + <file>` or `git rm <file>`, as appropriate, to stage it, and then `git + commit --amend`. Your change will be included in the commit, and you'll + be prompted to edit the commit message again; if you wish to use the + original message verbatim, you can use the `--no-edit` option to `git + commit` in addition, or just save and quit when your editor opens. + +[[undo-previous-change]] +I've made a change with a bug and it's been included in the main branch. How should I undo it?:: + The usual way to deal with this is to use `git revert`. This preserves + the history that the original change was made and was a valuable + contribution, but also introduces a new commit that undoes those changes + because the original had a problem. The commit message of the revert + indicates the commit which was reverted and is usually edited to include + an explanation as to why the revert was made. + +[[ignore-tracked-files]] +How do I ignore changes to a tracked file?:: + Git doesn't provide a way to do this. The reason is that if Git needs + to overwrite this file, such as during a checkout, it doesn't know + whether the changes to the file are precious and should be kept, or + whether they are irrelevant and can safely be destroyed. Therefore, it + has to take the safe route and always preserve them. ++ +It's tempting to try to use certain features of `git update-index`, namely the +assume-unchanged and skip-worktree bits, but these don't work properly for this +purpose and shouldn't be used this way. ++ +If your goal is to modify a configuration file, it can often be helpful to have +a file checked into the repository which is a template or set of defaults which +can then be copied alongside and modified as appropriate. This second, modified +file is usually ignored to prevent accidentally committing it. + +[[files-in-gitignore-are-tracked]] +I asked Git to ignore various files, yet they are still tracked:: + A `gitignore` file ensures that certain file(s) which are not + tracked by Git remain untracked. However, sometimes particular + file(s) may have been tracked before adding them into the + `.gitignore`, hence they still remain tracked. To untrack and + ignore files/patterns, use `git rm --cached <file/pattern>` + and add a pattern to `.gitignore` that matches the <file>. + See linkgit:gitignore[5] for details. + +[[fetching-and-pulling]] +How do I know if I want to do a fetch or a pull?:: + A fetch stores a copy of the latest changes from the remote + repository, without modifying the working tree or current branch. + You can then at your leisure inspect, merge, rebase on top of, or + ignore the upstream changes. A pull consists of a fetch followed + immediately by either a merge or rebase. See linkgit:git-pull[1]. + +Merging and Rebasing +-------------------- + +[[long-running-squash-merge]] +What kinds of problems can occur when merging long-lived branches with squash merges?:: + In general, there are a variety of problems that can occur when using squash + merges to merge two branches multiple times. These can include seeing extra + commits in `git log` output, with a GUI, or when using the `...` notation to + express a range, as well as the possibility of needing to re-resolve conflicts + again and again. ++ +When Git does a normal merge between two branches, it considers exactly three +points: the two branches and a third commit, called the _merge base_, which is +usually the common ancestor of the commits. The result of the merge is the sum +of the changes between the merge base and each head. When you merge two +branches with a regular merge commit, this results in a new commit which will +end up as a merge base when they're merged again, because there is now a new +common ancestor. Git doesn't have to consider changes that occurred before the +merge base, so you don't have to re-resolve any conflicts you resolved before. ++ +When you perform a squash merge, a merge commit isn't created; instead, the +changes from one side are applied as a regular commit to the other side. This +means that the merge base for these branches won't have changed, and so when Git +goes to perform its next merge, it considers all of the changes that it +considered the last time plus the new changes. That means any conflicts may +need to be re-resolved. Similarly, anything using the `...` notation in `git +diff`, `git log`, or a GUI will result in showing all of the changes since the +original merge base. ++ +As a consequence, if you want to merge two long-lived branches repeatedly, it's +best to always use a regular merge commit. + +[[merge-two-revert-one]] +If I make a change on two branches but revert it on one, why does the merge of those branches include the change?:: + By default, when Git does a merge, it uses a strategy called the recursive + strategy, which does a fancy three-way merge. In such a case, when Git + performs the merge, it considers exactly three points: the two heads and a + third point, called the _merge base_, which is usually the common ancestor of + those commits. Git does not consider the history or the individual commits + that have happened on those branches at all. ++ +As a result, if both sides have a change and one side has reverted that change, +the result is to include the change. This is because the code has changed on +one side and there is no net change on the other, and in this scenario, Git +adopts the change. ++ +If this is a problem for you, you can do a rebase instead, rebasing the branch +with the revert onto the other branch. A rebase in this scenario will revert +the change, because a rebase applies each individual commit, including the +revert. Note that rebases rewrite history, so you should avoid rebasing +published branches unless you're sure you're comfortable with that. See the +NOTES section in linkgit:git-rebase[1] for more details. + +Hooks +----- + +[[restrict-with-hooks]] +How do I use hooks to prevent users from making certain changes?:: + The only safe place to make these changes is on the remote repository + (i.e., the Git server), usually in the `pre-receive` hook or in a + continuous integration (CI) system. These are the locations in which + policy can be enforced effectively. ++ +It's common to try to use `pre-commit` hooks (or, for commit messages, +`commit-msg` hooks) to check these things, which is great if you're working as a +solo developer and want the tooling to help you. However, using hooks on a +developer machine is not effective as a policy control because a user can bypass +these hooks with `--no-verify` without being noticed (among various other ways). +Git assumes that the user is in control of their local repositories and doesn't +try to prevent this or tattle on the user. ++ +In addition, some advanced users find `pre-commit` hooks to be an impediment to +workflows that use temporary commits to stage work in progress or that create +fixup commits, so it's better to push these kinds of checks to the server +anyway. + +Cross-Platform Issues +--------------------- + +[[windows-text-binary]] +I'm on Windows and my text files are detected as binary.:: + Git works best when you store text files as UTF-8. Many programs on + Windows support UTF-8, but some do not and only use the little-endian + UTF-16 format, which Git detects as binary. If you can't use UTF-8 with + your programs, you can specify a working tree encoding that indicates + which encoding your files should be checked out with, while still + storing these files as UTF-8 in the repository. This allows tools like + linkgit:git-diff[1] to work as expected, while still allowing your tools + to work. ++ +To do so, you can specify a linkgit:gitattributes[5] pattern with the +`working-tree-encoding` attribute. For example, the following pattern sets all +C files to use UTF-16LE-BOM, which is a common encoding on Windows: ++ +---- +*.c working-tree-encoding=UTF-16LE-BOM +---- ++ +You will need to run `git add --renormalize` to have this take effect. Note +that if you are making these changes on a project that is used across platforms, +you'll probably want to make it in a per-user configuration file or in the one +in `$GIT_DIR/info/attributes`, since making it in a `.gitattributes` file in the +repository will apply to all users of the repository. ++ +See the following entry for information about normalizing line endings as well, +and see linkgit:gitattributes[5] for more information about attribute files. + +[[windows-diff-control-m]] +I'm on Windows and git diff shows my files as having a `^M` at the end.:: + By default, Git expects files to be stored with Unix line endings. As such, + the carriage return (`^M`) that is part of a Windows line ending is shown + because it is considered to be trailing whitespace. Git defaults to showing + trailing whitespace only on new lines, not existing ones. ++ +You can store the files in the repository with Unix line endings and convert +them automatically to your platform's line endings. To do that, set the +configuration option `core.eol` to `native` and see the following entry for +information about how to configure files as text or binary. ++ +You can also control this behavior with the `core.whitespace` setting if you +don't wish to remove the carriage returns from your line endings. + +[[always-modified-files-case]] +Why do I have a file that's always modified?:: + Internally, Git always stores file names as sequences of bytes and doesn't + perform any encoding or case folding. However, Windows and macOS by default + both perform case folding on file names. As a result, it's possible to end up + with multiple files or directories whose names differ only in case. Git can + handle this just fine, but the file system can store only one of these files, + so when Git reads the other file to see its contents, it looks modified. ++ +It's best to remove one of the files such that you only have one file. You can +do this with commands like the following (assuming two files `AFile.txt` and +`afile.txt`) on an otherwise clean working tree: ++ +---- +$ git rm --cached AFile.txt +$ git commit -m 'Remove files conflicting in case' +$ git checkout . +---- ++ +This avoids touching the disk, but removes the additional file. Your project +may prefer to adopt a naming convention, such as all-lowercase names, to avoid +this problem from occurring again; such a convention can be checked using a +`pre-receive` hook or as part of a continuous integration (CI) system. ++ +It is also possible for perpetually modified files to occur on any platform if a +smudge or clean filter is in use on your system but a file was previously +committed without running the smudge or clean filter. To fix this, run the +following on an otherwise clean working tree: ++ +---- +$ git add --renormalize . +---- + +[[recommended-storage-settings]] +What's the recommended way to store files in Git?:: + While Git can store and handle any file of any type, there are some + settings that work better than others. In general, we recommend that + text files be stored in UTF-8 without a byte-order mark (BOM) with LF + (Unix-style) endings. We also recommend the use of UTF-8 (again, + without BOM) in commit messages. These are the settings that work best + across platforms and with tools such as `git diff` and `git merge`. ++ +Additionally, if you have a choice between storage formats that are text based +or non-text based, we recommend storing files in the text format and, if +necessary, transforming them into the other format. For example, a text-based +SQL dump with one record per line will work much better for diffing and merging +than an actual database file. Similarly, text-based formats such as Markdown +and AsciiDoc will work better than binary formats such as Microsoft Word and +PDF. ++ +Similarly, storing binary dependencies (e.g., shared libraries or JAR files) or +build products in the repository is generally not recommended. Dependencies and +build products are best stored on an artifact or package server with only +references, URLs, and hashes stored in the repository. ++ +We also recommend setting a linkgit:gitattributes[5] file to explicitly mark +which files are text and which are binary. If you want Git to guess, you can +set the attribute `text=auto`. For example, the following might be appropriate +in some projects: ++ +---- +# By default, guess. +* text=auto +# Mark all C files as text. +*.c text +# Mark all JPEG files as binary. +*.jpg binary +---- ++ +These settings help tools pick the right format for output such as patches and +result in files being checked out in the appropriate line ending for the +platform. + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/githooks.txt b/Documentation/githooks.txt index 3dccab5375..6e461ace6e 100644 --- a/Documentation/githooks.txt +++ b/Documentation/githooks.txt @@ -193,7 +193,9 @@ worktree. The hook is given three parameters: the ref of the previous HEAD, the ref of the new HEAD (which may or may not have changed), and a flag indicating whether the checkout was a branch checkout (changing branches, flag=1) or a file checkout (retrieving a file from the index, flag=0). -This hook cannot affect the outcome of `git switch` or `git checkout`. +This hook cannot affect the outcome of `git switch` or `git checkout`, +other than that the hook's exit status becomes the exit status of +these two commands. It is also run after linkgit:git-clone[1], unless the `--no-checkout` (`-n`) option is used. The first parameter given to the hook is the null-ref, the second the @@ -333,6 +335,68 @@ The default 'update' hook, when enabled--and with `hooks.allowunannotated` config option unset or set to false--prevents unannotated tags to be pushed. +[[proc-receive]] +proc-receive +~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This hook is invoked by linkgit:git-receive-pack[1]. If the server has +set the multi-valued config variable `receive.procReceiveRefs`, and the +commands sent to 'receive-pack' have matching reference names, these +commands will be executed by this hook, instead of by the internal +`execute_commands()` function. This hook is responsible for updating +the relevant references and reporting the results back to 'receive-pack'. + +This hook executes once for the receive operation. It takes no +arguments, but uses a pkt-line format protocol to communicate with +'receive-pack' to read commands, push-options and send results. In the +following example for the protocol, the letter 'S' stands for +'receive-pack' and the letter 'H' stands for this hook. + + # Version and features negotiation. + S: PKT-LINE(version=1\0push-options atomic...) + S: flush-pkt + H: PKT-LINE(version=1\0push-options...) + H: flush-pkt + + # Send commands from server to the hook. + S: PKT-LINE(<old-oid> <new-oid> <ref>) + S: ... ... + S: flush-pkt + # Send push-options only if the 'push-options' feature is enabled. + S: PKT-LINE(push-option) + S: ... ... + S: flush-pkt + + # Receive result from the hook. + # OK, run this command successfully. + H: PKT-LINE(ok <ref>) + # NO, I reject it. + H: PKT-LINE(ng <ref> <reason>) + # Fall through, let 'receive-pack' to execute it. + H: PKT-LINE(ok <ref>) + H: PKT-LINE(option fall-through) + # OK, but has an alternate reference. The alternate reference name + # and other status can be given in option directives. + H: PKT-LINE(ok <ref>) + H: PKT-LINE(option refname <refname>) + H: PKT-LINE(option old-oid <old-oid>) + H: PKT-LINE(option new-oid <new-oid>) + H: PKT-LINE(option forced-update) + H: ... ... + H: flush-pkt + +Each command for the 'proc-receive' hook may point to a pseudo-reference +and always has a zero-old as its old-oid, while the 'proc-receive' hook +may update an alternate reference and the alternate reference may exist +already with a non-zero old-oid. For this case, this hook will use +"option" directives to report extended attributes for the reference given +by the leading "ok" directive. + +The report of the commands of this hook should have the same order as +the input. The exit status of the 'proc-receive' hook only determines +the success or failure of the group of commands sent to it, unless +atomic push is in use. + [[post-receive]] post-receive ~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -404,6 +468,35 @@ Both standard output and standard error output are forwarded to `git send-pack` on the other end, so you can simply `echo` messages for the user. +reference-transaction +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This hook is invoked by any Git command that performs reference +updates. It executes whenever a reference transaction is prepared, +committed or aborted and may thus get called multiple times. + +The hook takes exactly one argument, which is the current state the +given reference transaction is in: + + - "prepared": All reference updates have been queued to the + transaction and references were locked on disk. + + - "committed": The reference transaction was committed and all + references now have their respective new value. + + - "aborted": The reference transaction was aborted, no changes + were performed and the locks have been released. + +For each reference update that was added to the transaction, the hook +receives on standard input a line of the format: + + <old-value> SP <new-value> SP <ref-name> LF + +The exit status of the hook is ignored for any state except for the +"prepared" state. In the "prepared" state, a non-zero exit status will +cause the transaction to be aborted. The hook will not be called with +"aborted" state in that case. + push-to-checkout ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -522,12 +615,61 @@ The exit status determines whether git will use the data from the hook to limit its search. On error, it will fall back to verifying all files and folders. +p4-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This hook is invoked by `git-p4 submit`. + +The `p4-changelist` hook is executed after the changelist +message has been edited by the user. It can be bypassed with the +`--no-verify` option. It takes a single parameter, the name +of the file that holds the proposed changelist text. Exiting +with a non-zero status causes the command to abort. + +The hook is allowed to edit the changelist file and can be used +to normalize the text into some project standard format. It can +also be used to refuse the Submit after inspect the message file. + +Run `git-p4 submit --help` for details. + +p4-prepare-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This hook is invoked by `git-p4 submit`. + +The `p4-prepare-changelist` hook is executed right after preparing +the default changelist message and before the editor is started. +It takes one parameter, the name of the file that contains the +changelist text. Exiting with a non-zero status from the script +will abort the process. + +The purpose of the hook is to edit the message file in place, +and it is not supressed by the `--no-verify` option. This hook +is called even if `--prepare-p4-only` is set. + +Run `git-p4 submit --help` for details. + +p4-post-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This hook is invoked by `git-p4 submit`. + +The `p4-post-changelist` hook is invoked after the submit has +successfully occured in P4. It takes no parameters and is meant +primarily for notification and cannot affect the outcome of the +git p4 submit action. + +Run `git-p4 submit --help` for details. + p4-pre-submit ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ This hook is invoked by `git-p4 submit`. It takes no parameters and nothing from standard input. Exiting with non-zero status from this script prevent -`git-p4 submit` from launching. Run `git-p4 submit --help` for details. +`git-p4 submit` from launching. It can be bypassed with the `--no-verify` +command line option. Run `git-p4 submit --help` for details. + + post-index-change ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/gitmodules.txt b/Documentation/gitmodules.txt index 67275fd187..539b4e1997 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitmodules.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitmodules.txt @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ submodule.<name>.update:: submodule.<name>.branch:: A remote branch name for tracking updates in the upstream submodule. - If the option is not specified, it defaults to 'master'. A special - value of `.` is used to indicate that the name of the branch in the - submodule should be the same name as the current branch in the + If the option is not specified, it defaults to the remote 'HEAD'. + A special value of `.` is used to indicate that the name of the branch + in the submodule should be the same name as the current branch in the current repository. See the `--remote` documentation in linkgit:git-submodule[1] for details. diff --git a/Documentation/gitremote-helpers.txt b/Documentation/gitremote-helpers.txt index f48a031dc3..6f1e269ae4 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitremote-helpers.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitremote-helpers.txt @@ -238,6 +238,9 @@ the remote repository. `--signed-tags=verbatim` to linkgit:git-fast-export[1]. In the absence of this capability, Git will use `--signed-tags=warn-strip`. +'object-format':: + This indicates that the helper is able to interact with the remote + side using an explicit hash algorithm extension. COMMANDS @@ -257,12 +260,14 @@ Support for this command is mandatory. 'list':: Lists the refs, one per line, in the format "<value> <name> [<attr> ...]". The value may be a hex sha1 hash, "@<dest>" for - a symref, or "?" to indicate that the helper could not get the - value of the ref. A space-separated list of attributes follows - the name; unrecognized attributes are ignored. The list ends - with a blank line. + a symref, ":<keyword> <value>" for a key-value pair, or + "?" to indicate that the helper could not get the value of the + ref. A space-separated list of attributes follows the name; + unrecognized attributes are ignored. The list ends with a + blank line. + See REF LIST ATTRIBUTES for a list of currently defined attributes. +See REF LIST KEYWORDS for a list of currently defined keywords. + Supported if the helper has the "fetch" or "import" capability. @@ -405,7 +410,9 @@ Supported if the helper has the "connect" capability. trying to fall back). After line feed terminating the positive (empty) response, the output of the service starts. Messages (both request and response) must consist of zero or more - PKT-LINEs, terminating in a flush packet. The client must not + PKT-LINEs, terminating in a flush packet. Response messages will + then have a response end packet after the flush packet to + indicate the end of a response. The client must not expect the server to store any state in between request-response pairs. After the connection ends, the remote helper exits. + @@ -430,6 +437,18 @@ attributes are defined. This ref is unchanged since the last import or fetch, although the helper cannot necessarily determine what value that produced. +REF LIST KEYWORDS +----------------- + +The 'list' command may produce a list of key-value pairs. +The following keys are defined. + +'object-format':: + The refs are using the given hash algorithm. This keyword is only + used if the server and client both support the object-format + extension. + + OPTIONS ------- @@ -514,6 +533,14 @@ set by Git if the remote helper has the 'option' capability. transaction. If successful, all refs will be updated, or none will. If the remote side does not support this capability, the push will fail. +'option object-format' {'true'|algorithm}:: + If 'true', indicate that the caller wants hash algorithm information + to be passed back from the remote. This mode is used when fetching + refs. ++ +If set to an algorithm, indicate that the caller wants to interact with +the remote side using that algorithm. + SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-remote[1] diff --git a/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt b/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt index c476f891b5..891c8da4fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt @@ -225,10 +225,10 @@ presence of the .url field. Workflow for a third party library ---------------------------------- - # add a submodule + # Add a submodule git submodule add <url> <path> - # occasionally update the submodule to a new version: + # Occasionally update the submodule to a new version: git -C <path> checkout <new version> git add <path> git commit -m "update submodule to new version" @@ -246,20 +246,23 @@ Workflow for an artificially split repo # regular commands recurse into submodules by default git config --global submodule.recurse true - # Unlike the other commands below clone still needs + # Unlike most other commands below, clone still needs # its own recurse flag: git clone --recurse <URL> <directory> cd <directory> # Get to know the code: git grep foo - git ls-files + git ls-files --recurse-submodules + +[NOTE] +`git ls-files` also requires its own `--recurse-submodules` flag. # Get new code git fetch git pull --rebase - # change worktree + # Change worktree git checkout git reset @@ -267,11 +270,12 @@ Implementation details ---------------------- When cloning or pulling a repository containing submodules the submodules -will not be checked out by default; You can instruct 'clone' to recurse -into submodules. The 'init' and 'update' subcommands of 'git submodule' +will not be checked out by default; you can instruct `clone` to recurse +into submodules. The `init` and `update` subcommands of `git submodule` will maintain submodules checked out and at an appropriate revision in -your working tree. Alternatively you can set 'submodule.recurse' to have -'checkout' recursing into submodules. +your working tree. Alternatively you can set `submodule.recurse` to have +`checkout` recursing into submodules (note that `submodule.recurse` also +affects other Git commands, see linkgit:git-config[1] for a complete list). SEE ALSO diff --git a/Documentation/gitworkflows.txt b/Documentation/gitworkflows.txt index abc0dc6bc7..47cf97f9be 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitworkflows.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitworkflows.txt @@ -85,15 +85,15 @@ As a given feature goes from experimental to stable, it also There is a fourth official branch that is used slightly differently: -* 'pu' (proposed updates) is an integration branch for things that are - not quite ready for inclusion yet (see "Integration Branches" - below). +* 'seen' (patches seen by the maintainer) is an integration branch for + things that are not quite ready for inclusion yet (see "Integration + Branches" below). Each of the four branches is usually a direct descendant of the one above it. Conceptually, the feature enters at an unstable branch (usually 'next' -or 'pu'), and "graduates" to 'master' for the next release once it is +or 'seen'), and "graduates" to 'master' for the next release once it is considered stable enough. @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ If you make it (very) clear that this branch is going to be deleted right after the testing, you can even publish this branch, for example to give the testers a chance to work with it, or other developers a chance to see if their in-progress work will be compatible. `git.git` -has such an official throw-away integration branch called 'pu'. +has such an official throw-away integration branch called 'seen'. Branch management for a release @@ -291,8 +291,8 @@ This will not happen if the content of the branches was verified as described in the previous section. -Branch management for next and pu after a feature release -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Branch management for next and seen after a feature release +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ After a feature release, the integration branch 'next' may optionally be rewound and rebuilt from the tip of 'master' using the surviving @@ -319,8 +319,8 @@ so. If you do this, then you should make a public announcement indicating that 'next' was rewound and rebuilt. -The same rewind and rebuild process may be followed for 'pu'. A public -announcement is not necessary since 'pu' is a throw-away branch, as +The same rewind and rebuild process may be followed for 'seen'. A public +announcement is not necessary since 'seen' is a throw-away branch, as described above. diff --git a/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt b/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt index 73be8b49f8..a67130debb 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ this mailing list after each feature release is made. demonstrated to be regression free. New changes are tested in 'next' before merged to 'master'. - - 'pu' branch is used to publish other proposed changes that do + - 'seen' branch is used to publish other proposed changes that do not yet pass the criteria set for 'next'. - The tips of 'master' and 'maint' branches will not be rewound to @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ this mailing list after each feature release is made. of the cycle. - Usually 'master' contains all of 'maint' and 'next' contains all - of 'master'. 'pu' contains all the topics merged to 'next', but + of 'master'. 'seen' contains all the topics merged to 'next', but is rebuilt directly on 'master'. - The tip of 'master' is meant to be more stable than any @@ -229,12 +229,12 @@ by doing the following: series?) - Prepare 'jch' branch, which is used to represent somewhere - between 'master' and 'pu' and often is slightly ahead of 'next'. + between 'master' and 'seen' and often is slightly ahead of 'next'. - $ Meta/Reintegrate master..pu >Meta/redo-jch.sh + $ Meta/Reintegrate master..seen >Meta/redo-jch.sh The result is a script that lists topics to be merged in order to - rebuild 'pu' as the input to Meta/Reintegrate script. Remove + rebuild 'seen' as the input to Meta/Reintegrate script. Remove later topics that should not be in 'jch' yet. Add a line that consists of '### match next' before the name of the first topic in the output that should be in 'jch' but not in 'next' yet. @@ -291,29 +291,29 @@ by doing the following: merged to 'master'. This may lose '### match next' marker; add it again to the appropriate place when it happens. - - Rebuild 'pu'. + - Rebuild 'seen'. - $ Meta/Reintegrate master..pu >Meta/redo-pu.sh + $ Meta/Reintegrate master..seen >Meta/redo-seen.sh - Edit the result by adding new topics that are not still in 'pu' + Edit the result by adding new topics that are not still in 'seen' in the script. Then - $ git checkout -B pu jch - $ sh Meta/redo-pu.sh + $ git checkout -B seen jch + $ sh Meta/redo-seen.sh - When all is well, clean up the redo-pu.sh script with + When all is well, clean up the redo-seen.sh script with - $ sh Meta/redo-pu.sh -u + $ sh Meta/redo-seen.sh -u Double check by running - $ git branch --no-merged pu + $ git branch --no-merged seen to see there is no unexpected leftover topics. At this point, build-test the result for semantic conflicts, and if there are, prepare an appropriate merge-fix first (see - appendix), and rebuild the 'pu' branch from scratch, starting at + appendix), and rebuild the 'seen' branch from scratch, starting at the tip of 'jch'. - Update "What's cooking" message to review the updates to @@ -323,14 +323,14 @@ by doing the following: $ Meta/cook - This script inspects the history between master..pu, finds tips + This script inspects the history between master..seen, finds tips of topic branches, compares what it found with the current contents in Meta/whats-cooking.txt, and updates that file. - Topics not listed in the file but are found in master..pu are + Topics not listed in the file but are found in master..seen are added to the "New topics" section, topics listed in the file that - are no longer found in master..pu are moved to the "Graduated to + are no longer found in master..seen are moved to the "Graduated to master" section, and topics whose commits changed their states - (e.g. used to be only in 'pu', now merged to 'next') are updated + (e.g. used to be only in 'seen', now merged to 'next') are updated with change markers "<<" and ">>". Look for lines enclosed in "<<" and ">>"; they hold contents from @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Observations Some observations to be made. * Each topic is tested individually, and also together with other - topics cooking first in 'pu', then in 'jch' and then in 'next'. + topics cooking first in 'seen', then in 'jch' and then in 'next'. Until it matures, no part of it is merged to 'master'. * A topic already in 'next' can get fixes while still in @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ new use of the variable under its old name. When these two topics are merged together, the reference to the variable newly added by the latter topic will still use the old name in the result. -The Meta/Reintegrate script that is used by redo-jch and redo-pu +The Meta/Reintegrate script that is used by redo-jch and redo-seen scripts implements a crude but usable way to work this issue around. When the script merges branch $X, it checks if "refs/merge-fix/$X" exists, and if so, the effect of it is squashed into the result of @@ -431,14 +431,14 @@ commit that can be squashed into a result of mechanical merge to correct semantic conflicts. After finding that the result of merging branch "ai/topic" to an -integration branch had such a semantic conflict, say pu~4, check the +integration branch had such a semantic conflict, say seen~4, check the problematic merge out on a detached HEAD, edit the working tree to fix the semantic conflict, and make a separate commit to record the fix-up: - $ git checkout pu~4 + $ git checkout seen~4 $ git show -s --pretty=%s ;# double check - Merge branch 'ai/topic' to pu + Merge branch 'ai/topic' to seen $ edit $ git commit -m 'merge-fix/ai/topic' -a @@ -450,9 +450,9 @@ result: Then double check the result by asking Meta/Reintegrate to redo the merge: - $ git checkout pu~5 ;# the parent of the problem merge + $ git checkout seen~5 ;# the parent of the problem merge $ echo ai/topic | Meta/Reintegrate - $ git diff pu~4 + $ git diff seen~4 This time, because you prepared refs/merge-fix/ai/topic, the resulting merge should have been tweaked to include the fix for the @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ branch needs this merge-fix is because another branch merged earlier to the integration branch changed the underlying assumption ai/topic branch made (e.g. ai/topic branch added a site to refer to a variable, while the other branch renamed that variable and adjusted -existing use sites), and if you changed redo-jch (or redo-pu) script +existing use sites), and if you changed redo-jch (or redo-seen) script to merge ai/topic branch before the other branch, then the above merge-fix should not be applied while merging ai/topic, but should instead be applied while merging the other branch. You would need diff --git a/Documentation/howto/rebase-from-internal-branch.txt b/Documentation/howto/rebase-from-internal-branch.txt index 02cb5f758d..f2e10a7ec8 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/rebase-from-internal-branch.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/rebase-from-internal-branch.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Cc: Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>, Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org> Subject: Re: sending changesets from the middle of a git tree Date: Sun, 14 Aug 2005 18:37:39 -0700 Abstract: In this article, JC talks about how he rebases the - public "pu" branch using the core Git tools when he updates + public "seen" branch using the core Git tools when he updates the "master" branch, and how "rebase" works. Also discussed is how this applies to individual developers who sends patches upstream. @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz> writes: > where Junio C Hamano <junkio@cox.net> told me that... >> Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org> writes: >> ->> > Junio, maybe you want to talk about how you move patches from your "pu" ->> > branch to the real branches. +>> > Junio, maybe you want to talk about how you move patches from your +>> > "seen" branch to the real branches. >> > Actually, wouldn't this be also precisely for what StGIT is intended to? -------------------------------------- @@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ the kind of task StGIT is designed to do. I just have done a simpler one, this time using only the core Git tools. -I had a handful of commits that were ahead of master in pu, and I +I had a handful of commits that were ahead of master in 'seen', and I wanted to add some documentation bypassing my usual habit of -placing new things in pu first. At the beginning, the commit +placing new things in 'seen' first. At the beginning, the commit ancestry graph looked like this: - *"pu" head + *"seen" head master --> #1 --> #2 --> #3 So I started from master, made a bunch of edits, and committed: @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ So I started from master, made a bunch of edits, and committed: After the commit, the ancestry graph would look like this: - *"pu" head + *"seen" head master^ --> #1 --> #2 --> #3 \ \---> master @@ -58,31 +58,31 @@ After the commit, the ancestry graph would look like this: The old master is now master^ (the first parent of the master). The new master commit holds my documentation updates. -Now I have to deal with "pu" branch. +Now I have to deal with "seen" branch. This is the kind of situation I used to have all the time when Linus was the maintainer and I was a contributor, when you look -at "master" branch being the "maintainer" branch, and "pu" +at "master" branch being the "maintainer" branch, and "seen" branch being the "contributor" branch. Your work started at the tip of the "maintainer" branch some time ago, you made a lot of progress in the meantime, and now the maintainer branch has some other commits you do not have yet. And "git rebase" was written with the explicit purpose of helping to maintain branches like -"pu". You _could_ merge master to pu and keep going, but if you +"seen". You _could_ merge master to 'seen' and keep going, but if you eventually want to cherrypick and merge some but not necessarily all changes back to the master branch, it often makes later operations for _you_ easier if you rebase (i.e. carry forward -your changes) "pu" rather than merge. So I ran "git rebase": +your changes) "seen" rather than merge. So I ran "git rebase": - $ git checkout pu - $ git rebase master pu + $ git checkout seen + $ git rebase master seen What this does is to pick all the commits since the current -branch (note that I now am on "pu" branch) forked from the +branch (note that I now am on "seen" branch) forked from the master branch, and forward port these changes. master^ --> #1 --> #2 --> #3 - \ *"pu" head + \ *"seen" head \---> master --> #1' --> #2' --> #3' The diff between master^ and #1 is applied to master and @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ commits are made similarly out of #2 and #3 commits. Old #3 is not recorded in any of the .git/refs/heads/ file anymore, so after doing this you will have dangling commit if -you ran fsck-cache, which is normal. After testing "pu", you +you ran fsck-cache, which is normal. After testing "seen", you can run "git prune" to get rid of those original three commits. While I am talking about "git rebase", I should talk about how diff --git a/Documentation/howto/revert-branch-rebase.txt b/Documentation/howto/revert-branch-rebase.txt index 149508e13b..a3e5595a56 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/revert-branch-rebase.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/revert-branch-rebase.txt @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ One of the changes I pulled into the 'master' branch turns out to break building Git with GCC 2.95. While they were well-intentioned portability fixes, keeping things working with gcc-2.95 was also important. Here is what I did to revert the change in the 'master' -branch and to adjust the 'pu' branch, using core Git tools and +branch and to adjust the 'seen' branch, using core Git tools and barebone Porcelain. First, prepare a throw-away branch in case I screw things up. @@ -104,11 +104,11 @@ $ git diff master..revert-c99 says nothing. -Then we rebase the 'pu' branch as usual. +Then we rebase the 'seen' branch as usual. ------------------------------------------------ -$ git checkout pu -$ git tag pu-anchor pu +$ git checkout seen +$ git tag seen-anchor seen $ git rebase master * Applying: Redo "revert" using three-way merge machinery. First trying simple merge strategy to cherry-pick. @@ -127,11 +127,11 @@ First trying simple merge strategy to cherry-pick. First trying simple merge strategy to cherry-pick. ------------------------------------------------ -The temporary tag 'pu-anchor' is me just being careful, in case 'git +The temporary tag 'seen-anchor' is me just being careful, in case 'git rebase' screws up. After this, I can do these for sanity check: ------------------------------------------------ -$ git diff pu-anchor..pu ;# make sure we got the master fix. +$ git diff seen-anchor..seen ;# make sure we got the master fix. $ make CC=gcc-2.95 clean test ;# make sure it fixed the breakage. $ make clean test ;# make sure it did not cause other breakage. ------------------------------------------------ @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Everything is in the good order. I do not need the temporary branch or tag anymore, so remove them: ------------------------------------------------ -$ rm -f .git/refs/tags/pu-anchor +$ rm -f .git/refs/tags/seen-anchor $ git branch -d revert-c99 ------------------------------------------------ @@ -168,18 +168,18 @@ Committed merge 7fb9b7262a1d1e0a47bbfdcbbcf50ce0635d3f8f And the final repository status looks like this: ------------------------------------------------ -$ git show-branch --more=1 master pu rc +$ git show-branch --more=1 master seen rc ! [master] Revert "Replace zero-length array decls with []." - ! [pu] git-repack: Add option to repack all objects. + ! [seen] git-repack: Add option to repack all objects. * [rc] Merge refs/heads/master from . --- - + [pu] git-repack: Add option to repack all objects. - + [pu~1] More documentation updates. - + [pu~2] Show commits in topo order and name all commits. - + [pu~3] mailinfo and applymbox updates - + [pu~4] Document "git cherry-pick" and "git revert" - + [pu~5] Remove git-apply-patch-script. - + [pu~6] Redo "revert" using three-way merge machinery. + + [seen] git-repack: Add option to repack all objects. + + [seen~1] More documentation updates. + + [seen~2] Show commits in topo order and name all commits. + + [seen~3] mailinfo and applymbox updates + + [seen~4] Document "git cherry-pick" and "git revert" + + [seen~5] Remove git-apply-patch-script. + + [seen~6] Redo "revert" using three-way merge machinery. - [rc] Merge refs/heads/master from . ++* [master] Revert "Replace zero-length array decls with []." - [rc~1] Merge refs/heads/master from . diff --git a/Documentation/howto/update-hook-example.txt b/Documentation/howto/update-hook-example.txt index 89821ec74f..151ee84ceb 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/update-hook-example.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/update-hook-example.txt @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ allowed-groups, to describe which heads can be pushed into by whom. The format of each file would look like this: refs/heads/master junio - +refs/heads/pu junio + +refs/heads/seen junio refs/heads/cogito$ pasky refs/heads/bw/.* linus refs/heads/tmp/.* .* @@ -187,6 +187,6 @@ whom. The format of each file would look like this: With this, Linus can push or create "bw/penguin" or "bw/zebra" or "bw/panda" branches, Pasky can do only "cogito", and JC can -do master and pu branches and make versioned tags. And anybody -can do tmp/blah branches. The '+' sign at the pu record means +do master and "seen" branches and make versioned tags. And anybody +can do tmp/blah branches. The '+' sign at the "seen" record means that JC can make non-fast-forward pushes on it. diff --git a/Documentation/manpage-1.72.xsl b/Documentation/manpage-1.72.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index b4d315cb8c..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/manpage-1.72.xsl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -<!-- manpage-1.72.xsl: - special settings for manpages rendered from asciidoc+docbook - handles peculiarities in docbook-xsl 1.72.0 --> -<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" - version="1.0"> - -<xsl:import href="manpage-base.xsl"/> - -<!-- these are the special values for the roff control characters - needed for docbook-xsl 1.72.0 --> -<xsl:param name="git.docbook.backslash">▓</xsl:param> -<xsl:param name="git.docbook.dot" >⌂</xsl:param> - -</xsl:stylesheet> diff --git a/Documentation/manpage-base.xsl b/Documentation/manpage-base.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index a264fa6160..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/manpage-base.xsl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -<!-- manpage-base.xsl: - special formatting for manpages rendered from asciidoc+docbook --> -<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" - version="1.0"> - -<!-- these params silence some output from xmlto --> -<xsl:param name="man.output.quietly" select="1"/> -<xsl:param name="refentry.meta.get.quietly" select="1"/> - -<!-- convert asciidoc callouts to man page format; - git.docbook.backslash and git.docbook.dot params - must be supplied by another XSL file or other means --> -<xsl:template match="co"> - <xsl:value-of select="concat( - $git.docbook.backslash,'fB(', - substring-after(@id,'-'),')', - $git.docbook.backslash,'fR')"/> -</xsl:template> -<xsl:template match="calloutlist"> - <xsl:value-of select="$git.docbook.dot"/> - <xsl:text>sp </xsl:text> - <xsl:apply-templates/> - <xsl:text> </xsl:text> -</xsl:template> -<xsl:template match="callout"> - <xsl:value-of select="concat( - $git.docbook.backslash,'fB', - substring-after(@arearefs,'-'), - '. ',$git.docbook.backslash,'fR')"/> - <xsl:apply-templates/> - <xsl:value-of select="$git.docbook.dot"/> - <xsl:text>br </xsl:text> -</xsl:template> - -</xsl:stylesheet> diff --git a/Documentation/manpage-bold-literal.xsl b/Documentation/manpage-bold-literal.xsl index 94d6c1b545..e13db85693 100644 --- a/Documentation/manpage-bold-literal.xsl +++ b/Documentation/manpage-bold-literal.xsl @@ -8,11 +8,9 @@ this makes literal text easier to distinguish in manpages viewed on a tty --> <xsl:template match="literal|d:literal"> - <xsl:value-of select="$git.docbook.backslash"/> - <xsl:text>fB</xsl:text> + <xsl:text>\fB</xsl:text> <xsl:apply-templates/> - <xsl:value-of select="$git.docbook.backslash"/> - <xsl:text>fR</xsl:text> + <xsl:text>\fR</xsl:text> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet> diff --git a/Documentation/manpage-normal.xsl b/Documentation/manpage-normal.xsl index a48f5b11f3..a9c7ec69f4 100644 --- a/Documentation/manpage-normal.xsl +++ b/Documentation/manpage-normal.xsl @@ -1,13 +1,26 @@ <!-- manpage-normal.xsl: - special settings for manpages rendered from asciidoc+docbook - handles anything we want to keep away from docbook-xsl 1.72.0 --> + special settings for manpages rendered from asciidoc+docbook --> <xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0"> -<xsl:import href="manpage-base.xsl"/> -<!-- these are the normal values for the roff control characters --> -<xsl:param name="git.docbook.backslash">\</xsl:param> -<xsl:param name="git.docbook.dot" >.</xsl:param> +<!-- these params silence some output from xmlto --> +<xsl:param name="man.output.quietly" select="1"/> +<xsl:param name="refentry.meta.get.quietly" select="1"/> + +<!-- convert asciidoc callouts to man page format --> +<xsl:template match="co"> + <xsl:value-of select="concat('\fB(',substring-after(@id,'-'),')\fR')"/> +</xsl:template> +<xsl:template match="calloutlist"> + <xsl:text>.sp </xsl:text> + <xsl:apply-templates/> + <xsl:text> </xsl:text> +</xsl:template> +<xsl:template match="callout"> + <xsl:value-of select="concat('\fB',substring-after(@arearefs,'-'),'. \fR')"/> + <xsl:apply-templates/> + <xsl:text>.br </xsl:text> +</xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet> diff --git a/Documentation/manpage-suppress-sp.xsl b/Documentation/manpage-suppress-sp.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index a63c7632a8..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/manpage-suppress-sp.xsl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -<!-- manpage-suppress-sp.xsl: - special settings for manpages rendered from asciidoc+docbook - handles erroneous, inline .sp in manpage output of some - versions of docbook-xsl --> -<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" - version="1.0"> - -<!-- attempt to work around spurious .sp at the tail of the line - that some versions of docbook stylesheets seem to add --> -<xsl:template match="simpara"> - <xsl:variable name="content"> - <xsl:apply-templates/> - </xsl:variable> - <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space($content)"/> - <xsl:if test="not(ancestor::authorblurb) and - not(ancestor::personblurb)"> - <xsl:text> </xsl:text> - </xsl:if> -</xsl:template> - -</xsl:stylesheet> diff --git a/Documentation/merge-options.txt b/Documentation/merge-options.txt index 40dc4f5e8c..80d4831662 100644 --- a/Documentation/merge-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/merge-options.txt @@ -61,9 +61,12 @@ When not possible, refuse to merge and exit with a non-zero status. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign the resulting merge commit. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, - it must be stuck to the option without a space. + it must be stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` + is useful to countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, + and earlier `--gpg-sign`. --log[=<n>]:: --no-log:: @@ -157,6 +160,14 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] endif::git-pull[] +--autostash:: +--no-autostash:: + Automatically create a temporary stash entry before the operation + begins, and apply it after the operation ends. This means + that you can run the operation on a dirty worktree. However, use + with care: the final stash application after a successful + merge might result in non-trivial conflicts. + --allow-unrelated-histories:: By default, `git merge` command refuses to merge histories that do not share a common ancestor. This option can be diff --git a/Documentation/object-format-disclaimer.txt b/Documentation/object-format-disclaimer.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4cb106f0d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/object-format-disclaimer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +THIS OPTION IS EXPERIMENTAL! SHA-256 support is experimental and still +in an early stage. A SHA-256 repository will in general not be able to +share work with "regular" SHA-1 repositories. It should be assumed +that, e.g., Git internal file formats in relation to SHA-256 +repositories may change in backwards-incompatible ways. Only use +`--object-format=sha256` for testing purposes. diff --git a/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt b/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt index a4b6f49186..84bbc7439a 100644 --- a/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt +++ b/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt @@ -83,6 +83,12 @@ placeholders, its output is not affected by other options like <full commit message> +* 'mboxrd' ++ +Like 'email', but lines in the commit message starting with "From " +(preceded by zero or more ">") are quoted with ">" so they aren't +confused as starting a new commit. + * 'raw' + The 'raw' format shows the entire commit exactly as @@ -190,8 +196,8 @@ The placeholders are: '%ce':: committer email '%cE':: committer email (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1]) -'%cl':: author email local-part (the part before the '@' sign) -'%cL':: author local-part (see '%cl') respecting .mailmap, see +'%cl':: committer email local-part (the part before the '@' sign) +'%cL':: committer local-part (see '%cl') respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1]) '%cd':: committer date (format respects --date= option) '%cD':: committer date, RFC2822 style diff --git a/Documentation/pretty-options.txt b/Documentation/pretty-options.txt index 7a6da6db78..17c5aac4b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/pretty-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/pretty-options.txt @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ people using 80-column terminals. --no-abbrev-commit:: Show the full 40-byte hexadecimal commit object name. This negates - `--abbrev-commit` and those options which imply it such as - "--oneline". It also overrides the `log.abbrevCommit` variable. + `--abbrev-commit`, either explicit or implied by other options such + as "--oneline". It also overrides the `log.abbrevCommit` variable. --oneline:: This is a shorthand for "--pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit" diff --git a/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt b/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt index 7d3a60f5b9..95a7390b2c 100644 --- a/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt +++ b/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt @@ -19,7 +19,8 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] (see <<CRTB,CONFIGURED REMOTE-TRACKING BRANCHES>> below). endif::git-pull[] ifdef::git-pull[] - (see linkgit:git-fetch[1]). + (see the section "CONFIGURED REMOTE-TRACKING BRANCHES" + in linkgit:git-fetch[1]). endif::git-pull[] + The format of a <refspec> parameter is an optional plus @@ -29,6 +30,22 @@ The colon can be omitted when <dst> is empty. <src> is typically a ref, but it can also be a fully spelled hex object name. + +A <refspec> may contain a `*` in its <src> to indicate a simple pattern +match. Such a refspec functions like a glob that matches any ref with the +same prefix. A pattern <refspec> must have a `*` in both the <src> and +<dst>. It will map refs to the destination by replacing the `*` with the +contents matched from the source. ++ +If a refspec is prefixed by `^`, it will be interpreted as a negative +refspec. Rather than specifying which refs to fetch or which local refs to +update, such a refspec will instead specify refs to exclude. A ref will be +considered to match if it matches at least one positive refspec, and does +not match any negative refspec. Negative refspecs can be useful to restrict +the scope of a pattern refspec so that it will not include specific refs. +Negative refspecs can themselves be pattern refspecs. However, they may only +contain a <src> and do not specify a <dst>. Fully spelled out hex object +names are also not supported. ++ `tag <tag>` means the same as `refs/tags/<tag>:refs/tags/<tag>`; it requests fetching everything up to the given tag. + diff --git a/Documentation/ref-reachability-filters.txt b/Documentation/ref-reachability-filters.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9bae46d84c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ref-reachability-filters.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +When combining multiple `--contains` and `--no-contains` filters, only +references that contain at least one of the `--contains` commits and +contain none of the `--no-contains` commits are shown. + +When combining multiple `--merged` and `--no-merged` filters, only +references that are reachable from at least one of the `--merged` +commits and from none of the `--no-merged` commits are shown. diff --git a/Documentation/rev-list-description.txt b/Documentation/rev-list-description.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9efa7fa27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/rev-list-description.txt @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +List commits that are reachable by following the `parent` links from the +given commit(s), but exclude commits that are reachable from the one(s) +given with a '{caret}' in front of them. The output is given in reverse +chronological order by default. + +You can think of this as a set operation. Commits reachable from any of +the commits given on the command line form a set, and then commits reachable +from any of the ones given with '{caret}' in front are subtracted from that +set. The remaining commits are what comes out in the command's output. +Various other options and paths parameters can be used to further limit the +result. + +Thus, the following command: + +ifdef::git-rev-list[] +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +$ git rev-list foo bar ^baz +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +endif::git-rev-list[] +ifdef::git-log[] +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +$ git log foo bar ^baz +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +endif::git-log[] + +means "list all the commits which are reachable from 'foo' or 'bar', but +not from 'baz'". + +A special notation "'<commit1>'..'<commit2>'" can be used as a +short-hand for "^'<commit1>' '<commit2>'". For example, either of +the following may be used interchangeably: + +ifdef::git-rev-list[] +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +$ git rev-list origin..HEAD +$ git rev-list HEAD ^origin +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +endif::git-rev-list[] +ifdef::git-log[] +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +$ git log origin..HEAD +$ git log HEAD ^origin +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +endif::git-log[] + +Another special notation is "'<commit1>'...'<commit2>'" which is useful +for merges. The resulting set of commits is the symmetric difference +between the two operands. The following two commands are equivalent: + +ifdef::git-rev-list[] +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +$ git rev-list A B --not $(git merge-base --all A B) +$ git rev-list A...B +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +endif::git-rev-list[] +ifdef::git-log[] +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +$ git log A B --not $(git merge-base --all A B) +$ git log A...B +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +endif::git-log[] diff --git a/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt b/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt index bfd02ade99..002379056a 100644 --- a/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt @@ -128,8 +128,7 @@ parents) and `--max-parents=-1` (negative numbers denote no upper limit). because merges into a topic branch tend to be only about adjusting to updated upstream from time to time, and this option allows you to ignore the individual commits - brought in to your history by such a merge. Cannot be - combined with --bisect. + brought in to your history by such a merge. --not:: Reverses the meaning of the '{caret}' prefix (or lack thereof) @@ -207,7 +206,7 @@ ifndef::git-rev-list[] Pretend as if the bad bisection ref `refs/bisect/bad` was listed and as if it was followed by `--not` and the good bisection refs `refs/bisect/good-*` on the command - line. Cannot be combined with --first-parent. + line. endif::git-rev-list[] --stdin:: @@ -342,6 +341,12 @@ Default mode:: branches if the end result is the same (i.e. merging branches with the same content) +--show-pulls:: + Include all commits from the default mode, but also any merge + commits that are not TREESAME to the first parent but are + TREESAME to a later parent. This mode is helpful for showing + the merge commits that "first introduced" a change to a branch. + --full-history:: Same as the default mode, but does not prune some history. @@ -534,7 +539,7 @@ Note the major differences in `N`, `P`, and `Q` over `--full-history`: parent and is TREESAME. -- -Finally, there is a fifth simplification mode available: +There is another simplification mode available: --ancestry-path:: Limit the displayed commits to those directly on the ancestry @@ -573,6 +578,135 @@ option does. Applied to the 'D..M' range, it results in: L--M ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +Before discussing another option, `--show-pulls`, we need to +create a new example history. + +A common problem users face when looking at simplified history is that a +commit they know changed a file somehow does not appear in the file's +simplified history. Let's demonstrate a new example and show how options +such as `--full-history` and `--simplify-merges` works in that case: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + .-A---M-----C--N---O---P + / / \ \ \/ / / + I B \ R-'`-Z' / + \ / \/ / + \ / /\ / + `---X--' `---Y--' +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +For this example, suppose `I` created `file.txt` which was modified by +`A`, `B`, and `X` in different ways. The single-parent commits `C`, `Z`, +and `Y` do not change `file.txt`. The merge commit `M` was created by +resolving the merge conflict to include both changes from `A` and `B` +and hence is not TREESAME to either. The merge commit `R`, however, was +created by ignoring the contents of `file.txt` at `M` and taking only +the contents of `file.txt` at `X`. Hence, `R` is TREESAME to `X` but not +`M`. Finally, the natural merge resolution to create `N` is to take the +contents of `file.txt` at `R`, so `N` is TREESAME to `R` but not `C`. +The merge commits `O` and `P` are TREESAME to their first parents, but +not to their second parents, `Z` and `Y` respectively. + +When using the default mode, `N` and `R` both have a TREESAME parent, so +those edges are walked and the others are ignored. The resulting history +graph is: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + I---X +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +When using `--full-history`, Git walks every edge. This will discover +the commits `A` and `B` and the merge `M`, but also will reveal the +merge commits `O` and `P`. With parent rewriting, the resulting graph is: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + .-A---M--------N---O---P + / / \ \ \/ / / + I B \ R-'`--' / + \ / \/ / + \ / /\ / + `---X--' `------' +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Here, the merge commits `O` and `P` contribute extra noise, as they did +not actually contribute a change to `file.txt`. They only merged a topic +that was based on an older version of `file.txt`. This is a common +issue in repositories using a workflow where many contributors work in +parallel and merge their topic branches along a single trunk: manu +unrelated merges appear in the `--full-history` results. + +When using the `--simplify-merges` option, the commits `O` and `P` +disappear from the results. This is because the rewritten second parents +of `O` and `P` are reachable from their first parents. Those edges are +removed and then the commits look like single-parent commits that are +TREESAME to their parent. This also happens to the commit `N`, resulting +in a history view as follows: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + .-A---M--. + / / \ + I B R + \ / / + \ / / + `---X--' +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +In this view, we see all of the important single-parent changes from +`A`, `B`, and `X`. We also see the carefully-resolved merge `M` and the +not-so-carefully-resolved merge `R`. This is usually enough information +to determine why the commits `A` and `B` "disappeared" from history in +the default view. However, there are a few issues with this approach. + +The first issue is performance. Unlike any previous option, the +`--simplify-merges` option requires walking the entire commit history +before returning a single result. This can make the option difficult to +use for very large repositories. + +The second issue is one of auditing. When many contributors are working +on the same repository, it is important which merge commits introduced +a change into an important branch. The problematic merge `R` above is +not likely to be the merge commit that was used to merge into an +important branch. Instead, the merge `N` was used to merge `R` and `X` +into the important branch. This commit may have information about why +the change `X` came to override the changes from `A` and `B` in its +commit message. + +--show-pulls:: + In addition to the commits shown in the default history, show + each merge commit that is not TREESAME to its first parent but + is TREESAME to a later parent. ++ +When a merge commit is included by `--show-pulls`, the merge is +treated as if it "pulled" the change from another branch. When using +`--show-pulls` on this example (and no other options) the resulting +graph is: ++ +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + I---X---R---N +----------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +Here, the merge commits `R` and `N` are included because they pulled +the commits `X` and `R` into the base branch, respectively. These +merges are the reason the commits `A` and `B` do not appear in the +default history. ++ +When `--show-pulls` is paired with `--simplify-merges`, the +graph includes all of the necessary information: ++ +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + .-A---M--. N + / / \ / + I B R + \ / / + \ / / + `---X--' +----------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +Notice that since `M` is reachable from `R`, the edge from `N` to `M` +was simplified away. However, `N` still appears in the history as an +important commit because it "pulled" the change `R` into the main +branch. + The `--simplify-by-decoration` option allows you to view only the big picture of the topology of the history, by omitting commits that are not referenced by tags. Commits are marked as !TREESAME @@ -608,7 +742,7 @@ outputs 'midpoint', the output of the two commands would be of roughly the same length. Finding the change which introduces a regression is thus reduced to a binary search: repeatedly generate and test new 'midpoint's until the commit chain is of length -one. Cannot be combined with --first-parent. +one. --bisect-vars:: This calculates the same as `--bisect`, except that refs in @@ -982,48 +1116,3 @@ ifdef::git-rev-list[] by a tab. endif::git-rev-list[] endif::git-shortlog[] - -ifndef::git-shortlog[] -ifndef::git-rev-list[] -Diff Formatting -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Listed below are options that control the formatting of diff output. -Some of them are specific to linkgit:git-rev-list[1], however other diff -options may be given. See linkgit:git-diff-files[1] for more options. - --c:: - With this option, diff output for a merge commit - shows the differences from each of the parents to the merge result - simultaneously instead of showing pairwise diff between a parent - and the result one at a time. Furthermore, it lists only files - which were modified from all parents. - ---cc:: - This flag implies the `-c` option and further compresses the - patch output by omitting uninteresting hunks whose contents in - the parents have only two variants and the merge result picks - one of them without modification. - ---combined-all-paths:: - This flag causes combined diffs (used for merge commits) to - list the name of the file from all parents. It thus only has - effect when -c or --cc are specified, and is likely only - useful if filename changes are detected (i.e. when either - rename or copy detection have been requested). - --m:: - This flag makes the merge commits show the full diff like - regular commits; for each merge parent, a separate log entry - and diff is generated. An exception is that only diff against - the first parent is shown when `--first-parent` option is given; - in that case, the output represents the changes the merge - brought _into_ the then-current branch. - --r:: - Show recursive diffs. - --t:: - Show the tree objects in the diff output. This implies `-r`. -endif::git-rev-list[] -endif::git-shortlog[] diff --git a/Documentation/revisions.txt b/Documentation/revisions.txt index 97f995e5a9..d9169c062e 100644 --- a/Documentation/revisions.txt +++ b/Documentation/revisions.txt @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ G H I J A = = A^0 B = A^ = A^1 = A~1 - C = A^2 = A^2 + C = = A^2 D = A^^ = A^1^1 = A~2 E = B^2 = A^^2 F = B^3 = A^^3 @@ -254,6 +254,9 @@ specifying a single revision, using the notation described in the previous section, means the set of commits `reachable` from the given commit. +Specifying several revisions means the set of commits reachable from +any of the given commits. + A commit's reachable set is the commit itself and the commits in its ancestry chain. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt index 2e2e7c10c6..5a60bbfa7f 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt @@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ There are some macros to easily define options: will be overwritten, so this should only be used for options where the last one specified on the command line wins. -`OPT_PASSTHRU_ARGV(short, long, &argv_array_var, arg_str, description, flags)`:: +`OPT_PASSTHRU_ARGV(short, long, &strvec_var, arg_str, description, flags)`:: Introduce an option where all instances of it on the command-line will - be reconstructed into an argv_array. This is useful when you need to + be reconstructed into a strvec. This is useful when you need to pass the command-line option, which can be specified multiple times, to another command. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-trace2.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-trace2.txt index 4f07ceadcb..6b6085585d 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-trace2.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-trace2.txt @@ -656,7 +656,8 @@ The "exec_id" field is a command-unique id and is only useful if the ------------ `"def_param"`:: - This event is generated to log a global parameter. + This event is generated to log a global parameter, such as a config + setting, command-line flag, or environment variable. + ------------ { diff --git a/Documentation/technical/bundle-format.txt b/Documentation/technical/bundle-format.txt index 0e828151a5..bac558d049 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/bundle-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/bundle-format.txt @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ The Git bundle format is a format that represents both refs and Git objects. We will use ABNF notation to define the Git bundle format. See protocol-common.txt for the details. +A v2 bundle looks like this: + ---- bundle = signature *prerequisite *reference LF pack signature = "# v2 git bundle" LF @@ -18,9 +20,28 @@ reference = obj-id SP refname LF pack = ... ; packfile ---- +A v3 bundle looks like this: + +---- +bundle = signature *capability *prerequisite *reference LF pack +signature = "# v3 git bundle" LF + +capability = "@" key ["=" value] LF +prerequisite = "-" obj-id SP comment LF +comment = *CHAR +reference = obj-id SP refname LF +key = 1*(ALPHA / DIGIT / "-") +value = *(%01-09 / %0b-FF) + +pack = ... ; packfile +---- + == Semantics -A Git bundle consists of three parts. +A Git bundle consists of several parts. + +* "Capabilities", which are only in the v3 format, indicate functionality that + the bundle requires to be read properly. * "Prerequisites" lists the objects that are NOT included in the bundle and the reader of the bundle MUST already have, in order to use the data in the @@ -46,3 +67,10 @@ put any string here. The reader of the bundle MUST ignore the comment. Note that the prerequisites does not represent a shallow-clone boundary. The semantics of the prerequisites and the shallow-clone boundaries are different, and the Git bundle v2 format cannot represent a shallow clone repository. + +== Capabilities + +Because there is no opportunity for negotiation, unknown capabilities cause 'git +bundle' to abort. The only known capability is `object-format`, which specifies +the hash algorithm in use, and can take the same values as the +`extensions.objectFormat` configuration value. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/commit-graph-format.txt b/Documentation/technical/commit-graph-format.txt index a4f17441ae..b3b58880b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/commit-graph-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/commit-graph-format.txt @@ -17,6 +17,9 @@ metadata, including: - The parents of the commit, stored using positional references within the graph file. +- The Bloom filter of the commit carrying the paths that were changed between + the commit and its first parent, if requested. + These positional references are stored as unsigned 32-bit integers corresponding to the array position within the list of commit OIDs. Due to some special constants we use to track parents, we can store at most @@ -29,7 +32,7 @@ the body into "chunks" and provide a binary lookup table at the beginning of the body. The header includes certain values, such as number of chunks and hash type. -All 4-byte numbers are in network order. +All multi-byte numbers are in network byte order. HEADER: @@ -39,8 +42,13 @@ HEADER: 1-byte version number: Currently, the only valid version is 1. - 1-byte Hash Version (1 = SHA-1) - We infer the hash length (H) from this value. + 1-byte Hash Version + We infer the hash length (H) from this value: + 1 => SHA-1 + 2 => SHA-256 + If the hash type does not match the repository's hash algorithm, the + commit-graph file should be ignored with a warning presented to the + user. 1-byte number (C) of "chunks" @@ -74,7 +82,7 @@ CHUNK DATA: Commit Data (ID: {'C', 'D', 'A', 'T' }) (N * (H + 16) bytes) * The first H bytes are for the OID of the root tree. * The next 8 bytes are for the positions of the first two parents - of the ith commit. Stores value 0x7000000 if no parent in that + of the ith commit. Stores value 0x70000000 if no parent in that position. If there are more than two parents, the second value has its most-significant bit on and the other bits store an array position into the Extra Edge List chunk. @@ -93,6 +101,33 @@ CHUNK DATA: positions for the parents until reaching a value with the most-significant bit on. The other bits correspond to the position of the last parent. + Bloom Filter Index (ID: {'B', 'I', 'D', 'X'}) (N * 4 bytes) [Optional] + * The ith entry, BIDX[i], stores the number of bytes in all Bloom filters + from commit 0 to commit i (inclusive) in lexicographic order. The Bloom + filter for the i-th commit spans from BIDX[i-1] to BIDX[i] (plus header + length), where BIDX[-1] is 0. + * The BIDX chunk is ignored if the BDAT chunk is not present. + + Bloom Filter Data (ID: {'B', 'D', 'A', 'T'}) [Optional] + * It starts with header consisting of three unsigned 32-bit integers: + - Version of the hash algorithm being used. We currently only support + value 1 which corresponds to the 32-bit version of the murmur3 hash + implemented exactly as described in + https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MurmurHash#Algorithm and the double + hashing technique using seed values 0x293ae76f and 0x7e646e2 as + described in https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30494-4_26 "Bloom Filters + in Probabilistic Verification" + - The number of times a path is hashed and hence the number of bit positions + that cumulatively determine whether a file is present in the commit. + - The minimum number of bits 'b' per entry in the Bloom filter. If the filter + contains 'n' entries, then the filter size is the minimum number of 64-bit + words that contain n*b bits. + * The rest of the chunk is the concatenation of all the computed Bloom + filters for the commits in lexicographic order. + * Note: Commits with no changes or more than 512 changes have Bloom filters + of length one, with either all bits set to zero or one respectively. + * The BDAT chunk is present if and only if BIDX is present. + Base Graphs List (ID: {'B', 'A', 'S', 'E'}) [Optional] This list of H-byte hashes describe a set of B commit-graph files that form a commit-graph chain. The graph position for the ith commit in this diff --git a/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt b/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt index 808fa30b99..f14a7659aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt @@ -210,12 +210,12 @@ file. +---------------------+ | | +-----------------------+ +---------------------+ - | graph-{hash2} |->| | + | graph-{hash2} |->| | +-----------------------+ +---------------------+ | | | +-----------------------+ +---------------------+ | | | | - | graph-{hash1} |->| | + | graph-{hash1} |->| | | | | | +-----------------------+ +---------------------+ | tmp_graphXXX @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ file. | | | | | | - | graph-{hash0} | + | graph-{hash0} | | | | | | | diff --git a/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt b/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt index 5b2db3be1e..6fd20ebbc2 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt @@ -650,7 +650,6 @@ Some initial steps can be implemented independently of one another: The first user-visible change is the introduction of the objectFormat extension (without compatObjectFormat). This requires: -- implementing the loose-object-idx - teaching fsck about this mode of operation - using the hash function API (vtable) when computing object names - signing objects and verifying signatures @@ -658,6 +657,7 @@ extension (without compatObjectFormat). This requires: repository Next comes introduction of compatObjectFormat: +- implementing the loose-object-idx - translating object names between object formats - translating object content between object formats - generating and verifying signatures in the compat format diff --git a/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt b/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt index 9c5b6f0fac..96d89ea9b2 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ smart server reply: S: 001e# service=git-upload-pack\n S: 0000 S: 004895dcfa3633004da0049d3d0fa03f80589cbcaf31 refs/heads/maint\0multi_ack\n - S: 0042d049f6c27a2244e12041955e262a404c7faba355 refs/heads/master\n + S: 003fd049f6c27a2244e12041955e262a404c7faba355 refs/heads/master\n S: 003c2cb58b79488a98d2721cea644875a8dd0026b115 refs/tags/v1.0\n S: 003fa3c2e2402b99163d1d59756e5f207ae21cccba4c refs/tags/v1.0^{}\n S: 0000 @@ -401,8 +401,9 @@ at all in the request stream: The stream is terminated by a pkt-line flush (`0000`). A single "want" or "have" command MUST have one hex formatted -SHA-1 as its value. Multiple SHA-1s MUST be sent by sending -multiple commands. +object name as its value. Multiple object names MUST be sent by sending +multiple commands. Object names MUST be given using the object format +negotiated through the `object-format` capability (default SHA-1). The `have` list is created by popping the first 32 commits from `c_pending`. Less can be supplied if `c_pending` empties. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt b/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt index faa25c5c52..f9a3644711 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt @@ -3,8 +3,11 @@ Git index format == The Git index file has the following format - All binary numbers are in network byte order. Version 2 is described - here unless stated otherwise. + All binary numbers are in network byte order. + In a repository using the traditional SHA-1, checksums and object IDs + (object names) mentioned below are all computed using SHA-1. Similarly, + in SHA-256 repositories, these values are computed using SHA-256. + Version 2 is described here unless stated otherwise. - A 12-byte header consisting of @@ -32,8 +35,7 @@ Git index format Extension data - - 160-bit SHA-1 over the content of the index file before this - checksum. + - Hash checksum over the content of the index file before this checksum. == Index entry @@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ Git index format 32-bit file size This is the on-disk size from stat(2), truncated to 32-bit. - 160-bit SHA-1 for the represented object + Object name for the represented object A 16-bit 'flags' field split into (high to low bits) @@ -160,8 +162,8 @@ Git index format - A newline (ASCII 10); and - - 160-bit object name for the object that would result from writing - this span of index as a tree. + - Object name for the object that would result from writing this span + of index as a tree. An entry can be in an invalidated state and is represented by having a negative number in the entry_count field. In this case, there is no @@ -198,7 +200,7 @@ Git index format stage 1 to 3 (a missing stage is represented by "0" in this field); and - - At most three 160-bit object names of the entry in stages from 1 to 3 + - At most three object names of the entry in stages from 1 to 3 (nothing is written for a missing stage). === Split index @@ -211,8 +213,8 @@ Git index format The extension consists of: - - 160-bit SHA-1 of the shared index file. The shared index file path - is $GIT_DIR/sharedindex.<SHA-1>. If all 160 bits are zero, the + - Hash of the shared index file. The shared index file path + is $GIT_DIR/sharedindex.<hash>. If all bits are zero, the index does not require a shared index file. - An ewah-encoded delete bitmap, each bit represents an entry in the @@ -253,10 +255,10 @@ Git index format - 32-bit dir_flags (see struct dir_struct) - - 160-bit SHA-1 of $GIT_DIR/info/exclude. Null SHA-1 means the file + - Hash of $GIT_DIR/info/exclude. A null hash means the file does not exist. - - 160-bit SHA-1 of core.excludesfile. Null SHA-1 means the file does + - Hash of core.excludesfile. A null hash means the file does not exist. - NUL-terminated string of per-dir exclude file name. This usually @@ -285,13 +287,13 @@ The remaining data of each directory block is grouped by type: - An ewah bitmap, the n-th bit records "check-only" bit of read_directory_recursive() for the n-th directory. - - An ewah bitmap, the n-th bit indicates whether SHA-1 and stat data + - An ewah bitmap, the n-th bit indicates whether hash and stat data is valid for the n-th directory and exists in the next data. - An array of stat data. The n-th data corresponds with the n-th "one" bit in the previous ewah bitmap. - - An array of SHA-1. The n-th SHA-1 corresponds with the n-th "one" bit + - An array of hashes. The n-th hash corresponds with the n-th "one" bit in the previous ewah bitmap. - One NUL. @@ -330,12 +332,12 @@ The remaining data of each directory block is grouped by type: - 32-bit offset to the end of the index entries - - 160-bit SHA-1 over the extension types and their sizes (but not + - Hash over the extension types and their sizes (but not their contents). E.g. if we have "TREE" extension that is N-bytes long, "REUC" extension that is M-bytes long, followed by "EOIE", then the hash would be: - SHA-1("TREE" + <binary representation of N> + + Hash("TREE" + <binary representation of N> + "REUC" + <binary representation of M>) == Index Entry Offset Table diff --git a/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt b/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt index d3a142c652..f96b2e605f 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt @@ -1,6 +1,12 @@ Git pack format =============== +== Checksums and object IDs + +In a repository using the traditional SHA-1, pack checksums, index checksums, +and object IDs (object names) mentioned below are all computed using SHA-1. +Similarly, in SHA-256 repositories, these values are computed using SHA-256. + == pack-*.pack files have the following format: - A header appears at the beginning and consists of the following: @@ -26,7 +32,7 @@ Git pack format (deltified representation) n-byte type and length (3-bit type, (n-1)*7+4-bit length) - 20-byte base object name if OBJ_REF_DELTA or a negative relative + base object name if OBJ_REF_DELTA or a negative relative offset from the delta object's position in the pack if this is an OBJ_OFS_DELTA object compressed delta data @@ -34,7 +40,7 @@ Git pack format Observation: length of each object is encoded in a variable length format and is not constrained to 32-bit or anything. - - The trailer records 20-byte SHA-1 checksum of all of the above. + - The trailer records a pack checksum of all of the above. === Object types @@ -58,8 +64,8 @@ ofs-delta and ref-delta, which is only valid in a pack file. Both ofs-delta and ref-delta store the "delta" to be applied to another object (called 'base object') to reconstruct the object. The -difference between them is, ref-delta directly encodes 20-byte base -object name. If the base object is in the same pack, ofs-delta encodes +difference between them is, ref-delta directly encodes base object +name. If the base object is in the same pack, ofs-delta encodes the offset of the base object in the pack instead. The base object could also be deltified if it's in the same pack. @@ -143,14 +149,14 @@ This is the instruction reserved for future expansion. object is stored in the packfile as the offset from the beginning. - 20-byte object name. + one object name of the appropriate size. - The file is concluded with a trailer: - A copy of the 20-byte SHA-1 checksum at the end of - corresponding packfile. + A copy of the pack checksum at the end of the corresponding + packfile. - 20-byte SHA-1-checksum of all of the above. + Index checksum of all of the above. Pack Idx file: @@ -198,7 +204,7 @@ Pack file entry: <+ If it is not DELTA, then deflated bytes (the size above is the size before compression). If it is REF_DELTA, then - 20-byte base object name SHA-1 (the size above is the + base object name (the size above is the size of the delta data that follows). delta data, deflated. If it is OFS_DELTA, then @@ -227,9 +233,9 @@ Pack file entry: <+ - A 256-entry fan-out table just like v1. - - A table of sorted 20-byte SHA-1 object names. These are - packed together without offset values to reduce the cache - footprint of the binary search for a specific object name. + - A table of sorted object names. These are packed together + without offset values to reduce the cache footprint of the + binary search for a specific object name. - A table of 4-byte CRC32 values of the packed object data. This is new in v2 so compressed data can be copied directly @@ -248,10 +254,10 @@ Pack file entry: <+ - The same trailer as a v1 pack file: - A copy of the 20-byte SHA-1 checksum at the end of + A copy of the pack checksum at the end of corresponding packfile. - 20-byte SHA-1-checksum of all of the above. + Index checksum of all of the above. == multi-pack-index (MIDX) files have the following format: @@ -273,7 +279,12 @@ HEADER: Git only writes or recognizes version 1. 1-byte Object Id Version - Git only writes or recognizes version 1 (SHA1). + We infer the length of object IDs (OIDs) from this value: + 1 => SHA-1 + 2 => SHA-256 + If the hash type does not match the repository's hash algorithm, + the multi-pack-index file should be ignored with a warning + presented to the user. 1-byte number of "chunks" @@ -329,4 +340,4 @@ CHUNK DATA: TRAILER: - 20-byte SHA1-checksum of the above contents. + Index checksum of the above contents. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt b/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt index d5ce4eea8a..e13a2c064d 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Basically what the Git client is doing to connect to an 'upload-pack' process on the server side over the Git protocol is this: $ echo -e -n \ - "0039git-upload-pack /schacon/gitbook.git\0host=example.com\0" | + "003agit-upload-pack /schacon/gitbook.git\0host=example.com\0" | nc -v example.com 9418 @@ -171,9 +171,9 @@ with a version number (if "version=1" is sent as an Extra Parameter), and a listing of each reference it has (all branches and tags) along with the object name that each reference currently points to. - $ echo -e -n "0044git-upload-pack /schacon/gitbook.git\0host=example.com\0\0version=1\0" | + $ echo -e -n "0045git-upload-pack /schacon/gitbook.git\0host=example.com\0\0version=1\0" | nc -v example.com 9418 - 000aversion 1 + 000eversion 1 00887217a7c7e582c46cec22a130adf4b9d7d950fba0 HEAD\0multi_ack thin-pack side-band side-band-64k ofs-delta shallow no-progress include-tag 00441d3fcd5ced445d1abc402225c0b8a1299641f497 refs/heads/integration @@ -503,8 +503,8 @@ The reference discovery phase is done nearly the same way as it is in the fetching protocol. Each reference obj-id and name on the server is sent in packet-line format to the client, followed by a flush-pkt. The only real difference is that the capability listing is different - the only -possible values are 'report-status', 'delete-refs', 'ofs-delta' and -'push-options'. +possible values are 'report-status', 'report-status-v2', 'delete-refs', +'ofs-delta', 'atomic' and 'push-options'. Reference Update Request and Packfile Transfer ---------------------------------------------- @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Report Status ------------- After receiving the pack data from the sender, the receiver sends a -report if 'report-status' capability is in effect. +report if 'report-status' or 'report-status-v2' capability is in effect. It is a short listing of what happened in that update. It will first list the status of the packfile unpacking as either 'unpack ok' or 'unpack [error]'. Then it will list the status for each of the references @@ -647,6 +647,41 @@ update was successful, or 'ng [refname] [error]' if the update was not. error-msg = 1*(OCTET) ; where not "ok" ---- +The 'report-status-v2' capability extends the protocol by adding new option +lines in order to support reporting of reference rewritten by the +'proc-receive' hook. The 'proc-receive' hook may handle a command for a +pseudo-reference which may create or update one or more references, and each +reference may have different name, different new-oid, and different old-oid. + +---- + report-status-v2 = unpack-status + 1*(command-status-v2) + flush-pkt + + unpack-status = PKT-LINE("unpack" SP unpack-result) + unpack-result = "ok" / error-msg + + command-status-v2 = command-ok-v2 / command-fail + command-ok-v2 = command-ok + *option-line + + command-ok = PKT-LINE("ok" SP refname) + command-fail = PKT-LINE("ng" SP refname SP error-msg) + + error-msg = 1*(OCTET) ; where not "ok" + + option-line = *1(option-refname) + *1(option-old-oid) + *1(option-new-oid) + *1(option-forced-update) + + option-refname = PKT-LINE("option" SP "refname" SP refname) + option-old-oid = PKT-LINE("option" SP "old-oid" SP obj-id) + option-new-oid = PKT-LINE("option" SP "new-oid" SP obj-id) + option-force = PKT-LINE("option" SP "forced-update") + +---- + Updates can be unsuccessful for a number of reasons. The reference can have changed since the reference discovery phase was originally sent, meaning someone pushed in the meantime. The reference being pushed could be a diff --git a/Documentation/technical/packfile-uri.txt b/Documentation/technical/packfile-uri.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..318713abc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/technical/packfile-uri.txt @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +Packfile URIs +============= + +This feature allows servers to serve part of their packfile response as URIs. +This allows server designs that improve scalability in bandwidth and CPU usage +(for example, by serving some data through a CDN), and (in the future) provides +some measure of resumability to clients. + +This feature is available only in protocol version 2. + +Protocol +-------- + +The server advertises the `packfile-uris` capability. + +If the client then communicates which protocols (HTTPS, etc.) it supports with +a `packfile-uris` argument, the server MAY send a `packfile-uris` section +directly before the `packfile` section (right after `wanted-refs` if it is +sent) containing URIs of any of the given protocols. The URIs point to +packfiles that use only features that the client has declared that it supports +(e.g. ofs-delta and thin-pack). See protocol-v2.txt for the documentation of +this section. + +Clients should then download and index all the given URIs (in addition to +downloading and indexing the packfile given in the `packfile` section of the +response) before performing the connectivity check. + +Server design +------------- + +The server can be trivially made compatible with the proposed protocol by +having it advertise `packfile-uris`, tolerating the client sending +`packfile-uris`, and never sending any `packfile-uris` section. But we should +include some sort of non-trivial implementation in the Minimum Viable Product, +at least so that we can test the client. + +This is the implementation: a feature, marked experimental, that allows the +server to be configured by one or more `uploadpack.blobPackfileUri=<sha1> +<uri>` entries. Whenever the list of objects to be sent is assembled, all such +blobs are excluded, replaced with URIs. The client will download those URIs, +expecting them to each point to packfiles containing single blobs. + +Client design +------------- + +The client has a config variable `fetch.uriprotocols` that determines which +protocols the end user is willing to use. By default, this is empty. + +When the client downloads the given URIs, it should store them with "keep" +files, just like it does with the packfile in the `packfile` section. These +additional "keep" files can only be removed after the refs have been updated - +just like the "keep" file for the packfile in the `packfile` section. + +The division of work (initial fetch + additional URIs) introduces convenient +points for resumption of an interrupted clone - such resumption can be done +after the Minimum Viable Product (see "Future work"). + +Future work +----------- + +The protocol design allows some evolution of the server and client without any +need for protocol changes, so only a small-scoped design is included here to +form the MVP. For example, the following can be done: + + * On the server, more sophisticated means of excluding objects (e.g. by + specifying a commit to represent that commit and all objects that it + references). + * On the client, resumption of clone. If a clone is interrupted, information + could be recorded in the repository's config and a "clone-resume" command + can resume the clone in progress. (Resumption of subsequent fetches is more + difficult because that must deal with the user wanting to use the repository + even after the fetch was interrupted.) + +There are some possible features that will require a change in protocol: + + * Additional HTTP headers (e.g. authentication) + * Byte range support + * Different file formats referenced by URIs (e.g. raw object) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt b/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt index b9e17e7a28..0780d30cac 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt @@ -171,20 +171,13 @@ additional flag. Fetching Missing Objects ------------------------ -- Fetching of objects is done using the existing transport mechanism using - transport_fetch_refs(), setting a new transport option - TRANS_OPT_NO_DEPENDENTS to indicate that only the objects themselves are - desired, not any object that they refer to. -+ -Because some transports invoke fetch_pack() in the same process, fetch_pack() -has been updated to not use any object flags when the corresponding argument -(no_dependents) is set. +- Fetching of objects is done by invoking a "git fetch" subprocess. - The local repository sends a request with the hashes of all requested - objects as "want" lines, and does not perform any packfile negotiation. + objects, and does not perform any packfile negotiation. It then receives a packfile. -- Because we are reusing the existing fetch-pack mechanism, fetching +- Because we are reusing the existing fetch mechanism, fetching currently fetches all objects referred to by the requested objects, even though they are not necessary. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/protocol-capabilities.txt b/Documentation/technical/protocol-capabilities.txt index 2b267c0da6..ba869a7d36 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/protocol-capabilities.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/protocol-capabilities.txt @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ was sent. Server MUST NOT ignore capabilities that client requested and server advertised. As a consequence of these rules, server MUST NOT advertise capabilities it does not understand. -The 'atomic', 'report-status', 'delete-refs', 'quiet', and 'push-cert' -capabilities are sent and recognized by the receive-pack (push to server) -process. +The 'atomic', 'report-status', 'report-status-v2', 'delete-refs', 'quiet', +and 'push-cert' capabilities are sent and recognized by the receive-pack +(push to server) process. The 'ofs-delta' and 'side-band-64k' capabilities are sent and recognized by both upload-pack and receive-pack protocols. The 'agent' capability @@ -176,6 +176,21 @@ agent strings are purely informative for statistics and debugging purposes, and MUST NOT be used to programmatically assume the presence or absence of particular features. +object-format +------------- + +This capability, which takes a hash algorithm as an argument, indicates +that the server supports the given hash algorithms. It may be sent +multiple times; if so, the first one given is the one used in the ref +advertisement. + +When provided by the client, this indicates that it intends to use the +given hash algorithm to communicate. The algorithm provided must be one +that the server supports. + +If this capability is not provided, it is assumed that the only +supported algorithm is SHA-1. + symref ------ @@ -269,6 +284,17 @@ each reference was updated successfully. If any of those were not successful, it will send back an error message. See pack-protocol.txt for example messages. +report-status-v2 +---------------- + +Capability 'report-status-v2' extends capability 'report-status' by +adding new "option" directives in order to support reference rewritten by +the "proc-receive" hook. The "proc-receive" hook may handle a command +for a pseudo-reference which may create or update a reference with +different name, new-oid, and old-oid. While the capability +'report-status' cannot report for such case. See pack-protocol.txt +for details. + delete-refs ----------- @@ -309,15 +335,19 @@ allow-tip-sha1-in-want ---------------------- If the upload-pack server advertises this capability, fetch-pack may -send "want" lines with SHA-1s that exist at the server but are not -advertised by upload-pack. +send "want" lines with object names that exist at the server but are not +advertised by upload-pack. For historical reasons, the name of this +capability contains "sha1". Object names are always given using the +object format negotiated through the 'object-format' capability. allow-reachable-sha1-in-want ---------------------------- If the upload-pack server advertises this capability, fetch-pack may -send "want" lines with SHA-1s that exist at the server but are not -advertised by upload-pack. +send "want" lines with object names that exist at the server but are not +advertised by upload-pack. For historical reasons, the name of this +capability contains "sha1". Object names are always given using the +object format negotiated through the 'object-format' capability. push-cert=<nonce> ----------------- diff --git a/Documentation/technical/protocol-v2.txt b/Documentation/technical/protocol-v2.txt index 7e3766cafb..e597b74da3 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/protocol-v2.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/protocol-v2.txt @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ In protocol v2 these special packets will have the following semantics: * '0000' Flush Packet (flush-pkt) - indicates the end of a message * '0001' Delimiter Packet (delim-pkt) - separates sections of a message + * '0002' Message Packet (response-end-pkt) - indicates the end of a response + for stateless connections Initial Client Request ---------------------- @@ -323,13 +325,26 @@ included in the client's request: indicating its sideband (1, 2, or 3), and the server may send "0005\2" (a PKT-LINE of sideband 2 with no payload) as a keepalive packet. +If the 'packfile-uris' feature is advertised, the following argument +can be included in the client's request as well as the potential +addition of the 'packfile-uris' section in the server's response as +explained below. + + packfile-uris <comma-separated list of protocols> + Indicates to the server that the client is willing to receive + URIs of any of the given protocols in place of objects in the + sent packfile. Before performing the connectivity check, the + client should download from all given URIs. Currently, the + protocols supported are "http" and "https". + The response of `fetch` is broken into a number of sections separated by delimiter packets (0001), with each section beginning with its section -header. +header. Most sections are sent only when the packfile is sent. - output = *section - section = (acknowledgments | shallow-info | wanted-refs | packfile) - (flush-pkt | delim-pkt) + output = acknowledgements flush-pkt | + [acknowledgments delim-pkt] [shallow-info delim-pkt] + [wanted-refs delim-pkt] [packfile-uris delim-pkt] + packfile flush-pkt acknowledgments = PKT-LINE("acknowledgments" LF) (nak | *ack) @@ -347,13 +362,17 @@ header. *PKT-LINE(wanted-ref LF) wanted-ref = obj-id SP refname + packfile-uris = PKT-LINE("packfile-uris" LF) *packfile-uri + packfile-uri = PKT-LINE(40*(HEXDIGIT) SP *%x20-ff LF) + packfile = PKT-LINE("packfile" LF) *PKT-LINE(%x01-03 *%x00-ff) acknowledgments section - * If the client determines that it is finished with negotiations - by sending a "done" line, the acknowledgments sections MUST be - omitted from the server's response. + * If the client determines that it is finished with negotiations by + sending a "done" line (thus requiring the server to send a packfile), + the acknowledgments sections MUST be omitted from the server's + response. * Always begins with the section header "acknowledgments" @@ -404,9 +423,6 @@ header. which the client has not indicated was shallow as a part of its request. - * This section is only included if a packfile section is also - included in the response. - wanted-refs section * This section is only included if the client has requested a ref using a 'want-ref' line and if a packfile section is also @@ -420,6 +436,20 @@ header. * The server MUST NOT send any refs which were not requested using 'want-ref' lines. + packfile-uris section + * This section is only included if the client sent + 'packfile-uris' and the server has at least one such URI to + send. + + * Always begins with the section header "packfile-uris". + + * For each URI the server sends, it sends a hash of the pack's + contents (as output by git index-pack) followed by the URI. + + * The hashes are 40 hex characters long. When Git upgrades to a new + hash algorithm, this might need to be updated. (It should match + whatever index-pack outputs after "pack\t" or "keep\t". + packfile section * This section is only included if the client has sent 'want' lines in its request and either requested that no more @@ -453,3 +483,12 @@ included in a request. This is done by sending each option as a a request. The provided options must not contain a NUL or LF character. + + object-format +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The server can advertise the `object-format` capability with a value `X` (in the +form `object-format=X`) to notify the client that the server is able to deal +with objects using hash algorithm X. If not specified, the server is assumed to +only handle SHA-1. If the client would like to use a hash algorithm other than +SHA-1, it should specify its object-format string. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/reftable.txt b/Documentation/technical/reftable.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2951840e9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/technical/reftable.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1083 @@ +reftable +-------- + +Overview +~~~~~~~~ + +Problem statement +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Some repositories contain a lot of references (e.g. android at 866k, +rails at 31k). The existing packed-refs format takes up a lot of space +(e.g. 62M), and does not scale with additional references. Lookup of a +single reference requires linearly scanning the file. + +Atomic pushes modifying multiple references require copying the entire +packed-refs file, which can be a considerable amount of data moved +(e.g. 62M in, 62M out) for even small transactions (2 refs modified). + +Repositories with many loose references occupy a large number of disk +blocks from the local file system, as each reference is its own file +storing 41 bytes (and another file for the corresponding reflog). This +negatively affects the number of inodes available when a large number of +repositories are stored on the same filesystem. Readers can be penalized +due to the larger number of syscalls required to traverse and read the +`$GIT_DIR/refs` directory. + + +Objectives +^^^^^^^^^^ + +* Near constant time lookup for any single reference, even when the +repository is cold and not in process or kernel cache. +* Near constant time verification if an object name is referred to by at least +one reference (for allow-tip-sha1-in-want). +* Efficient enumeration of an entire namespace, such as `refs/tags/`. +* Support atomic push with `O(size_of_update)` operations. +* Combine reflog storage with ref storage for small transactions. +* Separate reflog storage for base refs and historical logs. + +Description +^^^^^^^^^^^ + +A reftable file is a portable binary file format customized for +reference storage. References are sorted, enabling linear scans, binary +search lookup, and range scans. + +Storage in the file is organized into variable sized blocks. Prefix +compression is used within a single block to reduce disk space. Block +size and alignment is tunable by the writer. + +Performance +^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Space used, packed-refs vs. reftable: + +[cols=",>,>,>,>,>",options="header",] +|=============================================================== +|repository |packed-refs |reftable |% original |avg ref |avg obj +|android |62.2 M |36.1 M |58.0% |33 bytes |5 bytes +|rails |1.8 M |1.1 M |57.7% |29 bytes |4 bytes +|git |78.7 K |48.1 K |61.0% |50 bytes |4 bytes +|git (heads) |332 b |269 b |81.0% |33 bytes |0 bytes +|=============================================================== + +Scan (read 866k refs), by reference name lookup (single ref from 866k +refs), and by SHA-1 lookup (refs with that SHA-1, from 866k refs): + +[cols=",>,>,>,>",options="header",] +|========================================================= +|format |cache |scan |by name |by SHA-1 +|packed-refs |cold |402 ms |409,660.1 usec |412,535.8 usec +|packed-refs |hot | |6,844.6 usec |20,110.1 usec +|reftable |cold |112 ms |33.9 usec |323.2 usec +|reftable |hot | |20.2 usec |320.8 usec +|========================================================= + +Space used for 149,932 log entries for 43,061 refs, reflog vs. reftable: + +[cols=",>,>",options="header",] +|================================ +|format |size |avg entry +|$GIT_DIR/logs |173 M |1209 bytes +|reftable |5 M |37 bytes +|================================ + +Details +~~~~~~~ + +Peeling +^^^^^^^ + +References stored in a reftable are peeled, a record for an annotated +(or signed) tag records both the tag object, and the object it refers +to. This is analogous to storage in the packed-refs format. + +Reference name encoding +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Reference names are an uninterpreted sequence of bytes that must pass +linkgit:git-check-ref-format[1] as a valid reference name. + +Key unicity +^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Each entry must have a unique key; repeated keys are disallowed. + +Network byte order +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +All multi-byte, fixed width fields are in network byte order. + +Varint encoding +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Varint encoding is identical to the ofs-delta encoding method used +within pack files. + +Decoder works such as: + +.... +val = buf[ptr] & 0x7f +while (buf[ptr] & 0x80) { + ptr++ + val = ((val + 1) << 7) | (buf[ptr] & 0x7f) +} +.... + +Ordering +^^^^^^^^ + +Blocks are lexicographically ordered by their first reference. + +Directory/file conflicts +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The reftable format accepts both `refs/heads/foo` and +`refs/heads/foo/bar` as distinct references. + +This property is useful for retaining log records in reftable, but may +confuse versions of Git using `$GIT_DIR/refs` directory tree to maintain +references. Users of reftable may choose to continue to reject `foo` and +`foo/bar` type conflicts to prevent problems for peers. + +File format +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Structure +^^^^^^^^^ + +A reftable file has the following high-level structure: + +.... +first_block { + header + first_ref_block +} +ref_block* +ref_index* +obj_block* +obj_index* +log_block* +log_index* +footer +.... + +A log-only file omits the `ref_block`, `ref_index`, `obj_block` and +`obj_index` sections, containing only the file header and log block: + +.... +first_block { + header +} +log_block* +log_index* +footer +.... + +in a log-only file the first log block immediately follows the file +header, without padding to block alignment. + +Block size +^^^^^^^^^^ + +The file's block size is arbitrarily determined by the writer, and does +not have to be a power of 2. The block size must be larger than the +longest reference name or log entry used in the repository, as +references cannot span blocks. + +Powers of two that are friendly to the virtual memory system or +filesystem (such as 4k or 8k) are recommended. Larger sizes (64k) can +yield better compression, with a possible increased cost incurred by +readers during access. + +The largest block size is `16777215` bytes (15.99 MiB). + +Block alignment +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Writers may choose to align blocks at multiples of the block size by +including `padding` filled with NUL bytes at the end of a block to round +out to the chosen alignment. When alignment is used, writers must +specify the alignment with the file header's `block_size` field. + +Block alignment is not required by the file format. Unaligned files must +set `block_size = 0` in the file header, and omit `padding`. Unaligned +files with more than one ref block must include the link:#Ref-index[ref +index] to support fast lookup. Readers must be able to read both aligned +and non-aligned files. + +Very small files (e.g. a single ref block) may omit `padding` and the ref +index to reduce total file size. + +Header (version 1) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +A 24-byte header appears at the beginning of the file: + +.... +'REFT' +uint8( version_number = 1 ) +uint24( block_size ) +uint64( min_update_index ) +uint64( max_update_index ) +.... + +Aligned files must specify `block_size` to configure readers with the +expected block alignment. Unaligned files must set `block_size = 0`. + +The `min_update_index` and `max_update_index` describe bounds for the +`update_index` field of all log records in this file. When reftables are +used in a stack for link:#Update-transactions[transactions], these +fields can order the files such that the prior file's +`max_update_index + 1` is the next file's `min_update_index`. + +Header (version 2) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +A 28-byte header appears at the beginning of the file: + +.... +'REFT' +uint8( version_number = 2 ) +uint24( block_size ) +uint64( min_update_index ) +uint64( max_update_index ) +uint32( hash_id ) +.... + +The header is identical to `version_number=1`, with the 4-byte hash ID +("sha1" for SHA1 and "s256" for SHA-256) append to the header. + +For maximum backward compatibility, it is recommended to use version 1 when +writing SHA1 reftables. + +First ref block +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The first ref block shares the same block as the file header, and is 24 +bytes smaller than all other blocks in the file. The first block +immediately begins after the file header, at position 24. + +If the first block is a log block (a log-only file), its block header +begins immediately at position 24. + +Ref block format +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +A ref block is written as: + +.... +'r' +uint24( block_len ) +ref_record+ +uint24( restart_offset )+ +uint16( restart_count ) + +padding? +.... + +Blocks begin with `block_type = 'r'` and a 3-byte `block_len` which +encodes the number of bytes in the block up to, but not including the +optional `padding`. This is always less than or equal to the file's +block size. In the first ref block, `block_len` includes 24 bytes for +the file header. + +The 2-byte `restart_count` stores the number of entries in the +`restart_offset` list, which must not be empty. Readers can use +`restart_count` to binary search between restarts before starting a +linear scan. + +Exactly `restart_count` 3-byte `restart_offset` values precedes the +`restart_count`. Offsets are relative to the start of the block and +refer to the first byte of any `ref_record` whose name has not been +prefix compressed. Entries in the `restart_offset` list must be sorted, +ascending. Readers can start linear scans from any of these records. + +A variable number of `ref_record` fill the middle of the block, +describing reference names and values. The format is described below. + +As the first ref block shares the first file block with the file header, +all `restart_offset` in the first block are relative to the start of the +file (position 0), and include the file header. This forces the first +`restart_offset` to be `28`. + +ref record +++++++++++ + +A `ref_record` describes a single reference, storing both the name and +its value(s). Records are formatted as: + +.... +varint( prefix_length ) +varint( (suffix_length << 3) | value_type ) +suffix +varint( update_index_delta ) +value? +.... + +The `prefix_length` field specifies how many leading bytes of the prior +reference record's name should be copied to obtain this reference's +name. This must be 0 for the first reference in any block, and also must +be 0 for any `ref_record` whose offset is listed in the `restart_offset` +table at the end of the block. + +Recovering a reference name from any `ref_record` is a simple concat: + +.... +this_name = prior_name[0..prefix_length] + suffix +.... + +The `suffix_length` value provides the number of bytes available in +`suffix` to copy from `suffix` to complete the reference name. + +The `update_index` that last modified the reference can be obtained by +adding `update_index_delta` to the `min_update_index` from the file +header: `min_update_index + update_index_delta`. + +The `value` follows. Its format is determined by `value_type`, one of +the following: + +* `0x0`: deletion; no value data (see transactions, below) +* `0x1`: one object name; value of the ref +* `0x2`: two object names; value of the ref, peeled target +* `0x3`: symbolic reference: `varint( target_len ) target` + +Symbolic references use `0x3`, followed by the complete name of the +reference target. No compression is applied to the target name. + +Types `0x4..0x7` are reserved for future use. + +Ref index +^^^^^^^^^ + +The ref index stores the name of the last reference from every ref block +in the file, enabling reduced disk seeks for lookups. Any reference can +be found by searching the index, identifying the containing block, and +searching within that block. + +The index may be organized into a multi-level index, where the 1st level +index block points to additional ref index blocks (2nd level), which may +in turn point to either additional index blocks (e.g. 3rd level) or ref +blocks (leaf level). Disk reads required to access a ref go up with +higher index levels. Multi-level indexes may be required to ensure no +single index block exceeds the file format's max block size of +`16777215` bytes (15.99 MiB). To achieve constant O(1) disk seeks for +lookups the index must be a single level, which is permitted to exceed +the file's configured block size, but not the format's max block size of +15.99 MiB. + +If present, the ref index block(s) appears after the last ref block. + +If there are at least 4 ref blocks, a ref index block should be written +to improve lookup times. Cold reads using the index require 2 disk reads +(read index, read block), and binary searching < 4 blocks also requires +<= 2 reads. Omitting the index block from smaller files saves space. + +If the file is unaligned and contains more than one ref block, the ref +index must be written. + +Index block format: + +.... +'i' +uint24( block_len ) +index_record+ +uint24( restart_offset )+ +uint16( restart_count ) + +padding? +.... + +The index blocks begin with `block_type = 'i'` and a 3-byte `block_len` +which encodes the number of bytes in the block, up to but not including +the optional `padding`. + +The `restart_offset` and `restart_count` fields are identical in format, +meaning and usage as in ref blocks. + +To reduce the number of reads required for random access in very large +files the index block may be larger than other blocks. However, readers +must hold the entire index in memory to benefit from this, so it's a +time-space tradeoff in both file size and reader memory. + +Increasing the file's block size decreases the index size. Alternatively +a multi-level index may be used, keeping index blocks within the file's +block size, but increasing the number of blocks that need to be +accessed. + +index record +++++++++++++ + +An index record describes the last entry in another block. Index records +are written as: + +.... +varint( prefix_length ) +varint( (suffix_length << 3) | 0 ) +suffix +varint( block_position ) +.... + +Index records use prefix compression exactly like `ref_record`. + +Index records store `block_position` after the suffix, specifying the +absolute position in bytes (from the start of the file) of the block +that ends with this reference. Readers can seek to `block_position` to +begin reading the block header. + +Readers must examine the block header at `block_position` to determine +if the next block is another level index block, or the leaf-level ref +block. + +Reading the index ++++++++++++++++++ + +Readers loading the ref index must first read the footer (below) to +obtain `ref_index_position`. If not present, the position will be 0. The +`ref_index_position` is for the 1st level root of the ref index. + +Obj block format +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Object blocks are optional. Writers may choose to omit object blocks, +especially if readers will not use the object name to ref mapping. + +Object blocks use unique, abbreviated 2-32 object name keys, mapping to +ref blocks containing references pointing to that object directly, or as +the peeled value of an annotated tag. Like ref blocks, object blocks use +the file's standard block size. The abbrevation length is available in +the footer as `obj_id_len`. + +To save space in small files, object blocks may be omitted if the ref +index is not present, as brute force search will only need to read a few +ref blocks. When missing, readers should brute force a linear search of +all references to lookup by object name. + +An object block is written as: + +.... +'o' +uint24( block_len ) +obj_record+ +uint24( restart_offset )+ +uint16( restart_count ) + +padding? +.... + +Fields are identical to ref block. Binary search using the restart table +works the same as in reference blocks. + +Because object names are abbreviated by writers to the shortest unique +abbreviation within the reftable, obj key lengths have a variable length. Their +length must be at least 2 bytes. Readers must compare only for common prefix +match within an obj block or obj index. + +obj record +++++++++++ + +An `obj_record` describes a single object abbreviation, and the blocks +containing references using that unique abbreviation: + +.... +varint( prefix_length ) +varint( (suffix_length << 3) | cnt_3 ) +suffix +varint( cnt_large )? +varint( position_delta )* +.... + +Like in reference blocks, abbreviations are prefix compressed within an +obj block. On large reftables with many unique objects, higher block +sizes (64k), and higher restart interval (128), a `prefix_length` of 2 +or 3 and `suffix_length` of 3 may be common in obj records (unique +abbreviation of 5-6 raw bytes, 10-12 hex digits). + +Each record contains `position_count` number of positions for matching +ref blocks. For 1-7 positions the count is stored in `cnt_3`. When +`cnt_3 = 0` the actual count follows in a varint, `cnt_large`. + +The use of `cnt_3` bets most objects are pointed to by only a single +reference, some may be pointed to by a couple of references, and very +few (if any) are pointed to by more than 7 references. + +A special case exists when `cnt_3 = 0` and `cnt_large = 0`: there are no +`position_delta`, but at least one reference starts with this +abbreviation. A reader that needs exact reference names must scan all +references to find which specific references have the desired object. +Writers should use this format when the `position_delta` list would have +overflowed the file's block size due to a high number of references +pointing to the same object. + +The first `position_delta` is the position from the start of the file. +Additional `position_delta` entries are sorted ascending and relative to +the prior entry, e.g. a reader would perform: + +.... +pos = position_delta[0] +prior = pos +for (j = 1; j < position_count; j++) { + pos = prior + position_delta[j] + prior = pos +} +.... + +With a position in hand, a reader must linearly scan the ref block, +starting from the first `ref_record`, testing each reference's object names +(for `value_type = 0x1` or `0x2`) for full equality. Faster searching by +object name within a single ref block is not supported by the reftable format. +Smaller block sizes reduce the number of candidates this step must +consider. + +Obj index +^^^^^^^^^ + +The obj index stores the abbreviation from the last entry for every obj +block in the file, enabling reduced disk seeks for all lookups. It is +formatted exactly the same as the ref index, but refers to obj blocks. + +The obj index should be present if obj blocks are present, as obj blocks +should only be written in larger files. + +Readers loading the obj index must first read the footer (below) to +obtain `obj_index_position`. If not present, the position will be 0. + +Log block format +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Unlike ref and obj blocks, log blocks are always unaligned. + +Log blocks are variable in size, and do not match the `block_size` +specified in the file header or footer. Writers should choose an +appropriate buffer size to prepare a log block for deflation, such as +`2 * block_size`. + +A log block is written as: + +.... +'g' +uint24( block_len ) +zlib_deflate { + log_record+ + uint24( restart_offset )+ + uint16( restart_count ) +} +.... + +Log blocks look similar to ref blocks, except `block_type = 'g'`. + +The 4-byte block header is followed by the deflated block contents using +zlib deflate. The `block_len` in the header is the inflated size +(including 4-byte block header), and should be used by readers to +preallocate the inflation output buffer. A log block's `block_len` may +exceed the file's block size. + +Offsets within the log block (e.g. `restart_offset`) still include the +4-byte header. Readers may prefer prefixing the inflation output buffer +with the 4-byte header. + +Within the deflate container, a variable number of `log_record` describe +reference changes. The log record format is described below. See ref +block format (above) for a description of `restart_offset` and +`restart_count`. + +Because log blocks have no alignment or padding between blocks, readers +must keep track of the bytes consumed by the inflater to know where the +next log block begins. + +log record +++++++++++ + +Log record keys are structured as: + +.... +ref_name '\0' reverse_int64( update_index ) +.... + +where `update_index` is the unique transaction identifier. The +`update_index` field must be unique within the scope of a `ref_name`. +See the update transactions section below for further details. + +The `reverse_int64` function inverses the value so lexicographical +ordering the network byte order encoding sorts the more recent records +with higher `update_index` values first: + +.... +reverse_int64(int64 t) { + return 0xffffffffffffffff - t; +} +.... + +Log records have a similar starting structure to ref and index records, +utilizing the same prefix compression scheme applied to the log record +key described above. + +.... + varint( prefix_length ) + varint( (suffix_length << 3) | log_type ) + suffix + log_data { + old_id + new_id + varint( name_length ) name + varint( email_length ) email + varint( time_seconds ) + sint16( tz_offset ) + varint( message_length ) message + }? +.... + +Log record entries use `log_type` to indicate what follows: + +* `0x0`: deletion; no log data. +* `0x1`: standard git reflog data using `log_data` above. + +The `log_type = 0x0` is mostly useful for `git stash drop`, removing an +entry from the reflog of `refs/stash` in a transaction file (below), +without needing to rewrite larger files. Readers reading a stack of +reflogs must treat this as a deletion. + +For `log_type = 0x1`, the `log_data` section follows +linkgit:git-update-ref[1] logging and includes: + +* two object names (old id, new id) +* varint string of committer's name +* varint string of committer's email +* varint time in seconds since epoch (Jan 1, 1970) +* 2-byte timezone offset in minutes (signed) +* varint string of message + +`tz_offset` is the absolute number of minutes from GMT the committer was +at the time of the update. For example `GMT-0800` is encoded in reftable +as `sint16(-480)` and `GMT+0230` is `sint16(150)`. + +The committer email does not contain `<` or `>`, it's the value normally +found between the `<>` in a git commit object header. + +The `message_length` may be 0, in which case there was no message +supplied for the update. + +Contrary to traditional reflog (which is a file), renames are encoded as +a combination of ref deletion and ref creation. A deletion is a log +record with a zero new_id, and a creation is a log record with a zero old_id. + +Reading the log ++++++++++++++++ + +Readers accessing the log must first read the footer (below) to +determine the `log_position`. The first block of the log begins at +`log_position` bytes since the start of the file. The `log_position` is +not block aligned. + +Importing logs +++++++++++++++ + +When importing from `$GIT_DIR/logs` writers should globally order all +log records roughly by timestamp while preserving file order, and assign +unique, increasing `update_index` values for each log line. Newer log +records get higher `update_index` values. + +Although an import may write only a single reftable file, the reftable +file must span many unique `update_index`, as each log line requires its +own `update_index` to preserve semantics. + +Log index +^^^^^^^^^ + +The log index stores the log key +(`refname \0 reverse_int64(update_index)`) for the last log record of +every log block in the file, supporting bounded-time lookup. + +A log index block must be written if 2 or more log blocks are written to +the file. If present, the log index appears after the last log block. +There is no padding used to align the log index to block alignment. + +Log index format is identical to ref index, except the keys are 9 bytes +longer to include `'\0'` and the 8-byte `reverse_int64(update_index)`. +Records use `block_position` to refer to the start of a log block. + +Reading the index ++++++++++++++++++ + +Readers loading the log index must first read the footer (below) to +obtain `log_index_position`. If not present, the position will be 0. + +Footer +^^^^^^ + +After the last block of the file, a file footer is written. It begins +like the file header, but is extended with additional data. + +.... + HEADER + + uint64( ref_index_position ) + uint64( (obj_position << 5) | obj_id_len ) + uint64( obj_index_position ) + + uint64( log_position ) + uint64( log_index_position ) + + uint32( CRC-32 of above ) +.... + +If a section is missing (e.g. ref index) the corresponding position +field (e.g. `ref_index_position`) will be 0. + +* `obj_position`: byte position for the first obj block. +* `obj_id_len`: number of bytes used to abbreviate object names in +obj blocks. +* `log_position`: byte position for the first log block. +* `ref_index_position`: byte position for the start of the ref index. +* `obj_index_position`: byte position for the start of the obj index. +* `log_index_position`: byte position for the start of the log index. + +The size of the footer is 68 bytes for version 1, and 72 bytes for +version 2. + +Reading the footer +++++++++++++++++++ + +Readers must first read the file start to determine the version +number. Then they seek to `file_length - FOOTER_LENGTH` to access the +footer. A trusted external source (such as `stat(2)`) is necessary to +obtain `file_length`. When reading the footer, readers must verify: + +* 4-byte magic is correct +* 1-byte version number is recognized +* 4-byte CRC-32 matches the other 64 bytes (including magic, and +version) + +Once verified, the other fields of the footer can be accessed. + +Empty tables +++++++++++++ + +A reftable may be empty. In this case, the file starts with a header +and is immediately followed by a footer. + +Binary search +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Binary search within a block is supported by the `restart_offset` fields +at the end of the block. Readers can binary search through the restart +table to locate between which two restart points the sought reference or +key should appear. + +Each record identified by a `restart_offset` stores the complete key in +the `suffix` field of the record, making the compare operation during +binary search straightforward. + +Once a restart point lexicographically before the sought reference has +been identified, readers can linearly scan through the following record +entries to locate the sought record, terminating if the current record +sorts after (and therefore the sought key is not present). + +Restart point selection ++++++++++++++++++++++++ + +Writers determine the restart points at file creation. The process is +arbitrary, but every 16 or 64 records is recommended. Every 16 may be +more suitable for smaller block sizes (4k or 8k), every 64 for larger +block sizes (64k). + +More frequent restart points reduces prefix compression and increases +space consumed by the restart table, both of which increase file size. + +Less frequent restart points makes prefix compression more effective, +decreasing overall file size, with increased penalties for readers +walking through more records after the binary search step. + +A maximum of `65535` restart points per block is supported. + +Considerations +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Lightweight refs dominate +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The reftable format assumes the vast majority of references are single +object names valued with common prefixes, such as Gerrit Code Review's +`refs/changes/` namespace, GitHub's `refs/pulls/` namespace, or many +lightweight tags in the `refs/tags/` namespace. + +Annotated tags storing the peeled object cost an additional object name per +reference. + +Low overhead +^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +A reftable with very few references (e.g. git.git with 5 heads) is 269 +bytes for reftable, vs. 332 bytes for packed-refs. This supports +reftable scaling down for transaction logs (below). + +Block size +^^^^^^^^^^ + +For a Gerrit Code Review type repository with many change refs, larger +block sizes (64 KiB) and less frequent restart points (every 64) yield +better compression due to more references within the block compressing +against the prior reference. + +Larger block sizes reduce the index size, as the reftable will require +fewer blocks to store the same number of references. + +Minimal disk seeks +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Assuming the index block has been loaded into memory, binary searching +for any single reference requires exactly 1 disk seek to load the +containing block. + +Scans and lookups dominate +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Scanning all references and lookup by name (or namespace such as +`refs/heads/`) are the most common activities performed on repositories. +Object names are stored directly with references to optimize this use case. + +Logs are infrequently read +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Logs are infrequently accessed, but can be large. Deflating log blocks +saves disk space, with some increased penalty at read time. + +Logs are stored in an isolated section from refs, reducing the burden on +reference readers that want to ignore logs. Further, historical logs can +be isolated into log-only files. + +Logs are read backwards +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Logs are frequently accessed backwards (most recent N records for master +to answer `master@{4}`), so log records are grouped by reference, and +sorted descending by update index. + +Repository format +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Version 1 +^^^^^^^^^ + +A repository must set its `$GIT_DIR/config` to configure reftable: + +.... +[core] + repositoryformatversion = 1 +[extensions] + refStorage = reftable +.... + +Layout +^^^^^^ + +A collection of reftable files are stored in the `$GIT_DIR/reftable/` +directory: + +.... +00000001-00000001.log +00000002-00000002.ref +00000003-00000003.ref +.... + +where reftable files are named by a unique name such as produced by the +function `${min_update_index}-${max_update_index}.ref`. + +Log-only files use the `.log` extension, while ref-only and mixed ref +and log files use `.ref`. extension. + +The stack ordering file is `$GIT_DIR/reftable/tables.list` and lists the +current files, one per line, in order, from oldest (base) to newest +(most recent): + +.... +$ cat .git/reftable/tables.list +00000001-00000001.log +00000002-00000002.ref +00000003-00000003.ref +.... + +Readers must read `$GIT_DIR/reftable/tables.list` to determine which +files are relevant right now, and search through the stack in reverse +order (last reftable is examined first). + +Reftable files not listed in `tables.list` may be new (and about to be +added to the stack by the active writer), or ancient and ready to be +pruned. + +Backward compatibility +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Older clients should continue to recognize the directory as a git +repository so they don't look for an enclosing repository in parent +directories. To this end, a reftable-enabled repository must contain the +following dummy files + +* `.git/HEAD`, a regular file containing `ref: refs/heads/.invalid`. +* `.git/refs/`, a directory +* `.git/refs/heads`, a regular file + +Readers +^^^^^^^ + +Readers can obtain a consistent snapshot of the reference space by +following: + +1. Open and read the `tables.list` file. +2. Open each of the reftable files that it mentions. +3. If any of the files is missing, goto 1. +4. Read from the now-open files as long as necessary. + +Update transactions +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Although reftables are immutable, mutations are supported by writing a +new reftable and atomically appending it to the stack: + +1. Acquire `tables.list.lock`. +2. Read `tables.list` to determine current reftables. +3. Select `update_index` to be most recent file's +`max_update_index + 1`. +4. Prepare temp reftable `tmp_XXXXXX`, including log entries. +5. Rename `tmp_XXXXXX` to `${update_index}-${update_index}.ref`. +6. Copy `tables.list` to `tables.list.lock`, appending file from (5). +7. Rename `tables.list.lock` to `tables.list`. + +During step 4 the new file's `min_update_index` and `max_update_index` +are both set to the `update_index` selected by step 3. All log records +for the transaction use the same `update_index` in their keys. This +enables later correlation of which references were updated by the same +transaction. + +Because a single `tables.list.lock` file is used to manage locking, the +repository is single-threaded for writers. Writers may have to busy-spin +(with backoff) around creating `tables.list.lock`, for up to an +acceptable wait period, aborting if the repository is too busy to +mutate. Application servers wrapped around repositories (e.g. Gerrit +Code Review) can layer their own lock/wait queue to improve fairness to +writers. + +Reference deletions +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Deletion of any reference can be explicitly stored by setting the `type` +to `0x0` and omitting the `value` field of the `ref_record`. This serves +as a tombstone, overriding any assertions about the existence of the +reference from earlier files in the stack. + +Compaction +^^^^^^^^^^ + +A partial stack of reftables can be compacted by merging references +using a straightforward merge join across reftables, selecting the most +recent value for output, and omitting deleted references that do not +appear in remaining, lower reftables. + +A compacted reftable should set its `min_update_index` to the smallest +of the input files' `min_update_index`, and its `max_update_index` +likewise to the largest input `max_update_index`. + +For sake of illustration, assume the stack currently consists of +reftable files (from oldest to newest): A, B, C, and D. The compactor is +going to compact B and C, leaving A and D alone. + +1. Obtain lock `tables.list.lock` and read the `tables.list` file. +2. Obtain locks `B.lock` and `C.lock`. Ownership of these locks +prevents other processes from trying to compact these files. +3. Release `tables.list.lock`. +4. Compact `B` and `C` into a temp file +`${min_update_index}-${max_update_index}_XXXXXX`. +5. Reacquire lock `tables.list.lock`. +6. Verify that `B` and `C` are still in the stack, in that order. This +should always be the case, assuming that other processes are adhering to +the locking protocol. +7. Rename `${min_update_index}-${max_update_index}_XXXXXX` to +`${min_update_index}-${max_update_index}.ref`. +8. Write the new stack to `tables.list.lock`, replacing `B` and `C` +with the file from (4). +9. Rename `tables.list.lock` to `tables.list`. +10. Delete `B` and `C`, perhaps after a short sleep to avoid forcing +readers to backtrack. + +This strategy permits compactions to proceed independently of updates. + +Each reftable (compacted or not) is uniquely identified by its name, so +open reftables can be cached by their name. + +Alternatives considered +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +bzip packed-refs +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +`bzip2` can significantly shrink a large packed-refs file (e.g. 62 MiB +compresses to 23 MiB, 37%). However the bzip format does not support +random access to a single reference. Readers must inflate and discard +while performing a linear scan. + +Breaking packed-refs into chunks (individually compressing each chunk) +would reduce the amount of data a reader must inflate, but still leaves +the problem of indexing chunks to support readers efficiently locating +the correct chunk. + +Given the compression achieved by reftable's encoding, it does not seem +necessary to add the complexity of bzip/gzip/zlib. + +Michael Haggerty's alternate format +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Michael Haggerty proposed +link:https://lore.kernel.org/git/CAMy9T_HCnyc1g8XWOOWhe7nN0aEFyyBskV2aOMb_fe%2BwGvEJ7A%40mail.gmail.com/[an +alternate] format to reftable on the Git mailing list. This format uses +smaller chunks, without the restart table, and avoids block alignment +with padding. Reflog entries immediately follow each ref, and are thus +interleaved between refs. + +Performance testing indicates reftable is faster for lookups (51% +faster, 11.2 usec vs. 5.4 usec), although reftable produces a slightly +larger file (+ ~3.2%, 28.3M vs 29.2M): + +[cols=">,>,>,>",options="header",] +|===================================== +|format |size |seek cold |seek hot +|mh-alt |28.3 M |23.4 usec |11.2 usec +|reftable |29.2 M |19.9 usec |5.4 usec +|===================================== + +JGit Ketch RefTree +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +https://dev.eclipse.org/mhonarc/lists/jgit-dev/msg03073.html[JGit Ketch] +proposed +link:https://lore.kernel.org/git/CAJo%3DhJvnAPNAdDcAAwAvU9C4RVeQdoS3Ev9WTguHx4fD0V_nOg%40mail.gmail.com/[RefTree], +an encoding of references inside Git tree objects stored as part of the +repository's object database. + +The RefTree format adds additional load on the object database storage +layer (more loose objects, more objects in packs), and relies heavily on +the packer's delta compression to save space. Namespaces which are flat +(e.g. thousands of tags in refs/tags) initially create very large loose +objects, and so RefTree does not address the problem of copying many +references to modify a handful. + +Flat namespaces are not efficiently searchable in RefTree, as tree +objects in canonical formatting cannot be binary searched. This fails +the need to handle a large number of references in a single namespace, +such as GitHub's `refs/pulls`, or a project with many tags. + +LMDB +^^^^ + +David Turner proposed +https://lore.kernel.org/git/1455772670-21142-26-git-send-email-dturner@twopensource.com/[using +LMDB], as LMDB is lightweight (64k of runtime code) and GPL-compatible +license. + +A downside of LMDB is its reliance on a single C implementation. This +makes embedding inside JGit (a popular reimplementation of Git) +difficult, and hoisting onto virtual storage (for JGit DFS) virtually +impossible. + +A common format that can be supported by all major Git implementations +(git-core, JGit, libgit2) is strongly preferred. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/shallow.txt b/Documentation/technical/shallow.txt index 01dedfe9ff..f3738baa0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/shallow.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/shallow.txt @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ pretend as if they are root commits (e.g. "git log" traversal stops after showing them; "git fsck" does not complain saying the commits listed on their "parent" lines do not exist). -Each line contains exactly one SHA-1. When read, a commit_graft +Each line contains exactly one object name. When read, a commit_graft will be constructed, which has nr_parent < 0 to make it easier to discern from user provided grafts. diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual.conf b/Documentation/user-manual.conf index d87294de2f..0148f126dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual.conf +++ b/Documentation/user-manual.conf @@ -9,13 +9,3 @@ tilde=~ [linkgit-inlinemacro] <ulink url="{target}.html">{target}{0?({0})}</ulink> - -ifdef::backend-docbook[] -# "unbreak" docbook-xsl v1.68 for manpages. v1.69 works with or without this. -[listingblock] -<example><title>{title}</title> -<literallayout class="monospaced"> -| -</literallayout> -{title#}</example> -endif::backend-docbook[] diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual.txt b/Documentation/user-manual.txt index 833652983f..fd480b8645 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual.txt +++ b/Documentation/user-manual.txt @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ $ git branch -r origin/man origin/master origin/next - origin/pu + origin/seen origin/todo ------------------------------------------------ |